2018-07-02 21:15:39 +00:00
|
|
|
<?xml version='1.0'?>
|
2019-03-14 13:40:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
|
2015-06-18 17:47:44 +00:00
|
|
|
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd">
|
2020-11-09 04:23:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<!-- SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later -->
|
2014-02-25 18:30:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-01-08 10:43:09 +00:00
|
|
|
<refentry id="systemd.network" conditional='ENABLE_NETWORKD'
|
|
|
|
xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude">
|
2014-02-25 18:30:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<refentryinfo>
|
|
|
|
<title>systemd.network</title>
|
|
|
|
<productname>systemd</productname>
|
|
|
|
</refentryinfo>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refmeta>
|
|
|
|
<refentrytitle>systemd.network</refentrytitle>
|
|
|
|
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
|
|
|
</refmeta>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refnamediv>
|
|
|
|
<refname>systemd.network</refname>
|
|
|
|
<refpurpose>Network configuration</refpurpose>
|
|
|
|
</refnamediv>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
|
|
|
<para><filename><replaceable>network</replaceable>.network</filename></para>
|
|
|
|
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>Description</title>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>A plain ini-style text file that encodes network configuration for matching network
|
|
|
|
interfaces, used by
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
2020-07-10 22:05:23 +00:00
|
|
|
See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.syntax</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
2020-03-03 18:08:26 +00:00
|
|
|
for a general description of the syntax.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-10 13:34:07 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The main network file must have the extension <filename>.network</filename>; other
|
|
|
|
extensions are ignored. Networks are applied to links whenever the links appear.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-02 13:30:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The <filename>.network</filename> files are read from the files located in the system network
|
|
|
|
directories <filename>/usr/lib/systemd/network</filename> and
|
|
|
|
<filename>/usr/local/lib/systemd/network</filename>, the volatile runtime network directory
|
|
|
|
<filename>/run/systemd/network</filename> and the local administration network directory
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<filename>/etc/systemd/network</filename>. All configuration files are collectively sorted and
|
2022-04-17 18:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
processed in alphanumeric order, regardless of the directories in which they live. However, files
|
|
|
|
with identical filenames replace each other. It is recommended that each filename is prefixed with
|
|
|
|
a number (e.g. <filename>10-eth0.network</filename>). Otherwise, the default
|
|
|
|
<filename>.network</filename> files or those generated by
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-network-generator.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
|
|
|
may take precedence over user configured files. Files in <filename>/etc/</filename> have the highest
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
priority, files in <filename>/run/</filename> take precedence over files with the same name under
|
|
|
|
<filename>/usr/</filename>. This can be used to override a system-supplied configuration file with
|
|
|
|
a local file if needed. As a special case, an empty file (file size 0) or symlink with the same
|
|
|
|
name pointing to <filename>/dev/null</filename> disables the configuration file entirely (it is
|
|
|
|
"masked").</para>
|
2016-09-10 13:34:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Along with the network file <filename>foo.network</filename>, a "drop-in" directory
|
|
|
|
<filename>foo.network.d/</filename> may exist. All files with the suffix
|
2021-05-20 06:55:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>.conf</literal> from this directory will be merged in the alphanumeric order and parsed
|
|
|
|
after the main file itself has been parsed. This is useful to alter or add configuration settings,
|
|
|
|
without having to modify the main configuration file. Each drop-in file must have appropriate
|
|
|
|
section headers.</para>
|
2016-09-10 13:34:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>In addition to <filename>/etc/systemd/network</filename>, drop-in <literal>.d</literal>
|
|
|
|
directories can be placed in <filename>/usr/lib/systemd/network</filename> or
|
|
|
|
<filename>/run/systemd/network</filename> directories. Drop-in files in
|
2020-10-05 16:08:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<filename>/etc/</filename> take precedence over those in <filename>/run/</filename> which in turn
|
|
|
|
take precedence over those in <filename>/usr/lib/</filename>. Drop-in files under any of these
|
2019-08-17 16:30:57 +00:00
|
|
|
directories take precedence over the main network file wherever located.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[Match] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The network file contains a [Match] section, which determines if a given network file may
|
2022-04-17 18:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
be applied to a given interface; and a [Network] section specifying how the interface should be
|
|
|
|
configured. The first (in alphanumeric order) of the network files that matches a given interface
|
|
|
|
is applied, all later files are ignored, even if they match as well.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>A network file is said to match a network interface if all matches specified by the [Match]
|
|
|
|
section are satisfied. When a network file does not contain valid settings in [Match] section, then
|
|
|
|
the file will match all interfaces and <command>systemd-networkd</command> warns about that. Hint:
|
|
|
|
to avoid the warning and to make it clear that all interfaces shall be matched, add the following:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>Name=*</programlisting> The following keys are accepted:</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="mac-address" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="permanent-mac-address" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="path" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="driver" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="type" />
|
2022-02-17 12:06:12 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kind" />
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="property" />
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Name=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of shell-style globs matching the device name, as exposed
|
|
|
|
by the udev property <literal>INTERFACE</literal>, or device's alternative names. If the
|
|
|
|
list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>WLANInterfaceType=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of wireless network type. Supported values are
|
|
|
|
<literal>ad-hoc</literal>, <literal>station</literal>, <literal>ap</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>ap-vlan</literal>, <literal>wds</literal>, <literal>monitor</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>mesh-point</literal>, <literal>p2p-client</literal>, <literal>p2p-go</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>p2p-device</literal>, <literal>ocb</literal>, and <literal>nan</literal>. If the
|
|
|
|
list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted. </para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SSID=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of shell-style globs matching the SSID of the currently
|
|
|
|
connected wireless LAN. If the list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>BSSID=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of hardware address of the currently connected wireless
|
|
|
|
LAN. Use full colon-, hyphen- or dot-delimited hexadecimal. See the example in
|
|
|
|
<varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This option may appear more than once, in which case the
|
|
|
|
lists are merged. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list is reset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="host" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="virtualization" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kernel-command-line" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kernel-version" />
|
2022-07-13 08:38:53 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="credential" />
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="architecture" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="firmware" />
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[Link] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-09-02 21:09:54 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [Link] section accepts the following keys:</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2016-05-08 19:58:34 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The hardware address to set for the device.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The maximum transmission unit in bytes to set for the device. The usual suffixes K, M,
|
|
|
|
G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024.</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>Note that if IPv6 is enabled on the interface, and the MTU is chosen below 1280 (the
|
|
|
|
minimum MTU for IPv6) it will automatically be increased to this value.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-08-04 14:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ARP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2018-11-27 06:07:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the ARP (low-level Address Resolution Protocol)
|
|
|
|
for this interface is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
2016-08-04 14:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<para> For example, disabling ARP is useful when creating multiple MACVLAN or VLAN virtual
|
|
|
|
interfaces atop a single lower-level physical interface, which will then only serve as a
|
|
|
|
link/"bridge" device aggregating traffic to the same physical link and not participate in
|
2020-12-15 04:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
the network otherwise. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
2016-08-04 14:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-05-29 14:58:11 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Multicast=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the multicast flag on the device is enabled. Defaults
|
|
|
|
to unset.</para>
|
2018-06-01 14:22:12 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-01 14:22:12 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>AllMulticast=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the driver retrieves all multicast packets from the
|
|
|
|
network. This happens when multicast routing is enabled. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
2020-12-15 04:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-12-15 04:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Promiscuous=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, promiscuous mode of the interface is enabled. Defaults
|
|
|
|
to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>If this is set to false for the underlying link of a <literal>passthru</literal> mode
|
|
|
|
MACVLAN/MACVTAP, the virtual interface will be created with the <literal>nopromisc</literal>
|
|
|
|
flag set.</para>
|
2018-05-29 14:58:11 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-27 22:18:14 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Unmanaged=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, no attempts are made to bring up or
|
|
|
|
configure matching links, equivalent to when there are no matching network files. Defaults to
|
2016-09-27 22:18:14 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>This is useful for preventing later matching network files from interfering with
|
|
|
|
certain interfaces that are fully controlled by other applications.</para>
|
2016-09-27 22:18:14 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-04-07 12:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Group=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Link groups are similar to port ranges found in managed switches. When network
|
|
|
|
interfaces are added to a numbered group, operations on all the interfaces from that group
|
|
|
|
can be performed at once. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…2147483647. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset.</para>
|
2020-04-07 12:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2021-01-04 15:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-11-30 17:03:50 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean or a minimum operational state and an optional maximum operational
|
|
|
|
state. Please see
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
|
|
|
for possible operational states. When <literal>yes</literal>, the network is deemed required
|
|
|
|
when determining whether the system is online (including when running
|
|
|
|
<command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command>). When <literal>no</literal>, the network is
|
|
|
|
ignored when determining the online state. When a minimum operational state and an optional
|
|
|
|
maximum operational state are set, <literal>yes</literal> is implied, and this controls the
|
|
|
|
minimum and maximum operational state required for the network interface to be considered
|
|
|
|
online.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Defaults to <literal>yes</literal> when <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is not
|
|
|
|
set, or set to <literal>up</literal>, <literal>always-up</literal>, or
|
|
|
|
<literal>bound</literal>. Defaults to <literal>no</literal> when
|
|
|
|
<varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>manual</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>down</literal>. This is forced to <literal>no</literal> when
|
|
|
|
<varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>always-down</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>The network will be brought up normally (as configured by
|
|
|
|
<varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname>), but in the event that there is no address being
|
|
|
|
assigned by DHCP or the cable is not plugged in, the link will simply remain offline and be
|
|
|
|
skipped automatically by <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command> if
|
|
|
|
<literal>RequiredForOnline=no</literal>.</para>
|
2017-11-30 17:03:50 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-04-11 20:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RequiredFamilyForOnline=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes an address family. When specified, an IP address in the given family is deemed
|
|
|
|
required when determining whether the link is online (including when running
|
2021-04-16 13:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command>). Takes one of <literal>ipv4</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>, or <literal>any</literal>. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
<literal>any</literal>. Note that this option has no effect if
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>RequiredForOnline=no</literal>, or if <literal>RequiredForOnline=</literal>
|
|
|
|
specifies a minimum operational state below <literal>degraded</literal>.</para>
|
2021-04-11 20:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
network: add ActivationPolicy= configuration parameter
This parameter allows configuring the activation policy for an interface,
meaning how it manages the interface's administrative state (IFF_UP flag).
The policy can be configured to bring the interface either up or down when
the interface is (re)configured, to always force the interface either up or
down, or to never change the interface administrative state.
If the interface is bound with BindCarrier=, its administrative state is
controlled by the interface(s) it's bound to, and this parameter is forced
to 'bound'.
This changes the default behavior of how systemd-networkd sets the IFF_UP
flag; previously, it was set up (if not already up) every time the
link_joined() function was called. Now, with the default ActivationPolicy=
setting of 'up', it will only set the IFF_UP flag once, the first time
link_joined() is called, during an interface's configuration; and on
the first link_joined() call each time the interface is reconfigured.
Fixes: #3031
Fixes: #17437
2020-06-18 20:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the policy for <command>systemd-networkd</command> managing the link
|
|
|
|
administrative state. Specifically, this controls how <command>systemd-networkd</command>
|
|
|
|
changes the network device's <literal>IFF_UP</literal> flag, which is sometimes
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
controlled by system administrators by running e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<command>ip link set dev eth0 up</command> or <command>ip link set dev eth0 down</command>,
|
|
|
|
and can also be changed with <command>networkctl up eth0</command> or
|
|
|
|
<command>networkctl down eth0</command>.</para>
|
network: add ActivationPolicy= configuration parameter
This parameter allows configuring the activation policy for an interface,
meaning how it manages the interface's administrative state (IFF_UP flag).
The policy can be configured to bring the interface either up or down when
the interface is (re)configured, to always force the interface either up or
down, or to never change the interface administrative state.
If the interface is bound with BindCarrier=, its administrative state is
controlled by the interface(s) it's bound to, and this parameter is forced
to 'bound'.
This changes the default behavior of how systemd-networkd sets the IFF_UP
flag; previously, it was set up (if not already up) every time the
link_joined() function was called. Now, with the default ActivationPolicy=
setting of 'up', it will only set the IFF_UP flag once, the first time
link_joined() is called, during an interface's configuration; and on
the first link_joined() call each time the interface is reconfigured.
Fixes: #3031
Fixes: #17437
2020-06-18 20:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes one of <literal>up</literal>, <literal>always-up</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>manual</literal>, <literal>always-down</literal>, <literal>down</literal>,
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
or <literal>bound</literal>. When <literal>manual</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<command>systemd-networkd</command> will not change the link's admin state automatically;
|
|
|
|
the system administrator must bring the interface up or down manually, as desired. When
|
|
|
|
<literal>up</literal> (the default) or <literal>always-up</literal>, or
|
|
|
|
<literal>down</literal> or <literal>always-down</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<command>systemd-networkd</command> will set the link up or down, respectively, when the
|
|
|
|
interface is (re)configured. When <literal>always-up</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>always-down</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command> will set the link up or
|
|
|
|
down, respectively, any time <command>systemd-networkd</command> detects a change in the
|
|
|
|
administrative state. When <varname>BindCarrier=</varname> is also set, this is automatically
|
|
|
|
set to <literal>bound</literal> and any other value is ignored.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>When the policy is set to <literal>down</literal> or <literal>manual</literal>, the
|
|
|
|
default value of <varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname> is <literal>no</literal>. When the
|
|
|
|
policy is set to <literal>always-down</literal>, the value of
|
2021-06-08 16:01:31 +00:00
|
|
|
<varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname> forced to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
network: add ActivationPolicy= configuration parameter
This parameter allows configuring the activation policy for an interface,
meaning how it manages the interface's administrative state (IFF_UP flag).
The policy can be configured to bring the interface either up or down when
the interface is (re)configured, to always force the interface either up or
down, or to never change the interface administrative state.
If the interface is bound with BindCarrier=, its administrative state is
controlled by the interface(s) it's bound to, and this parameter is forced
to 'bound'.
This changes the default behavior of how systemd-networkd sets the IFF_UP
flag; previously, it was set up (if not already up) every time the
link_joined() function was called. Now, with the default ActivationPolicy=
setting of 'up', it will only set the IFF_UP flag once, the first time
link_joined() is called, during an interface's configuration; and on
the first link_joined() call each time the interface is reconfigured.
Fixes: #3031
Fixes: #17437
2020-06-18 20:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The administrative state is not the same as the carrier state, so using
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>always-up</literal> does not mean the link will never lose carrier. The link carrier
|
|
|
|
depends on both the administrative state as well as the network device's physical connection.
|
|
|
|
However, to avoid reconfiguration failures, when using <literal>always-up</literal>,
|
network: add ActivationPolicy= configuration parameter
This parameter allows configuring the activation policy for an interface,
meaning how it manages the interface's administrative state (IFF_UP flag).
The policy can be configured to bring the interface either up or down when
the interface is (re)configured, to always force the interface either up or
down, or to never change the interface administrative state.
If the interface is bound with BindCarrier=, its administrative state is
controlled by the interface(s) it's bound to, and this parameter is forced
to 'bound'.
This changes the default behavior of how systemd-networkd sets the IFF_UP
flag; previously, it was set up (if not already up) every time the
link_joined() function was called. Now, with the default ActivationPolicy=
setting of 'up', it will only set the IFF_UP flag once, the first time
link_joined() is called, during an interface's configuration; and on
the first link_joined() call each time the interface is reconfigured.
Fixes: #3031
Fixes: #17437
2020-06-18 20:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
<varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> is forced to true.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-01-14 08:24:49 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="sr-iov" />
|
2020-06-21 11:17:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[Network] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [Network] section accepts the following keys:</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Description=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A description of the device. This is only used for presentation purposes.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DHCP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Enables DHCPv4 and/or DHCPv6 client support. Accepts <literal>yes</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal>, <literal>ipv4</literal>, or <literal>ipv6</literal>. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-07-02 11:40:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Note that DHCPv6 will by default be triggered by Router Advertisements, if reception is
|
|
|
|
enabled, regardless of this parameter. By explicitly enabling DHCPv6 support here, the DHCPv6
|
|
|
|
client will be started in the mode specified by the <varname>WithoutRA=</varname> setting in the
|
|
|
|
[DHCPv6] section, regardless of the presence of routers on the link, or what flags the routers
|
|
|
|
pass. See <varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname>.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Furthermore, note that by default the domain name specified through DHCP is not used
|
|
|
|
for name resolution. See option <option>UseDomains=</option> below.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>See the [DHCPv4] or [DHCPv6] sections below for further configuration options for the
|
|
|
|
DHCP client support.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DHCPServer=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to <literal>yes</literal>, DHCPv4 server will be started.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. Further settings for the DHCP server may be set in the
|
|
|
|
[DHCPServer] section described below.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Enables link-local address autoconfiguration. Accepts <option>yes</option>,
|
|
|
|
<option>no</option>, <option>ipv4</option>, and <option>ipv6</option>. An IPv6 link-local
|
|
|
|
address is configured when <option>yes</option> or <option>ipv6</option>. An IPv4 link-local
|
|
|
|
address is configured when <option>yes</option> or <option>ipv4</option> and when DHCPv4
|
|
|
|
autoconfiguration has been unsuccessful for some time. (IPv4 link-local address
|
|
|
|
autoconfiguration will usually happen in parallel with repeated attempts to acquire a DHCPv4
|
|
|
|
lease).</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Defaults to <option>no</option> when <varname>KeepMaster=</varname> or
|
|
|
|
<varname>Bridge=</varname> is set or when the specified
|
|
|
|
<varname>MACVLAN=</varname>/<varname>MACVTAP=</varname> has <varname>Mode=passthru</varname>,
|
|
|
|
or <option>ipv6</option> otherwise.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-03-31 05:31:28 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies how IPv6 link-local address is generated. Takes one of
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>eui64</literal>, <literal>none</literal>, <literal>stable-privacy</literal> and
|
|
|
|
<literal>random</literal>. When unset, <literal>stable-privacy</literal> is used if
|
|
|
|
<varname>IPv6StableSecretAddress=</varname> is specified, and if not,
|
|
|
|
<literal>eui64</literal> is used. Note that if <varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname> is
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal> or <literal>ipv4</literal>, then
|
|
|
|
<varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname> will be ignored. Also, even if
|
|
|
|
<varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname> is <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>,
|
|
|
|
setting <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=none</varname>
|
|
|
|
disables to configure an IPv6 link-local address.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6StableSecretAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes an IPv6 address. The specified address will be used as a stable secret for
|
|
|
|
generating IPv6 link-local address. If this setting is specified, and
|
|
|
|
<varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname> is unset, then
|
|
|
|
<varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=stable-privacy</varname> is implied.
|
|
|
|
If this setting is not specified, and <literal>stable-privacy</literal> is set to
|
|
|
|
<varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname>,
|
|
|
|
then a stable secret address will be generated from the local machine ID and the interface
|
|
|
|
name.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-06-30 08:01:34 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv4LLStartAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-07-14 18:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the first IPv4 link-local address to try. Takes an IPv4 address for example
|
|
|
|
169.254.1.2, from the link-local address range: 169.254.0.0/16 except for 169.254.0.0/24 and
|
|
|
|
169.254.255.0/24. This setting may be useful if the device should always have the same address
|
|
|
|
as long as there is no address conflict. When unset, a random address will be automatically
|
|
|
|
selected. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
2022-06-30 08:01:34 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv4LLRoute=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, sets up the route needed for non-IPv4LL hosts to
|
|
|
|
communicate with IPv4LL-only hosts. Defaults to false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DefaultRouteOnDevice=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-12-08 04:17:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, sets up the IPv4 default route bound to the interface.
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
Defaults to false. This is useful when creating routes on point-to-point interfaces. This is
|
|
|
|
equivalent to e.g. the following,
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>ip route add default dev veth99</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
or,
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>[Route]
|
2021-06-15 07:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Gateway=0.0.0.0</programlisting></para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Currently, there are no way to specify e.g., the table for the route configured by this
|
|
|
|
setting. To configure the default route with such an additional property, please use the
|
|
|
|
following instead:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>[Route]
|
2021-06-15 07:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Gateway=0.0.0.0
|
2022-12-08 04:17:15 +00:00
|
|
|
Table=1234</programlisting></para>
|
|
|
|
<para>If you'd like to create an IPv6 default route bound to the interface, please use the
|
|
|
|
following:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>[Route]
|
|
|
|
Gateway=::
|
2021-06-15 07:05:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Table=1234</programlisting></para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-03-13 16:00:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-08-26 13:37:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>LLMNR=</varname></term>
|
2017-08-26 13:37:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean or <literal>resolve</literal>. When true, enables
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4795">Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution</ulink>
|
|
|
|
on the link. When set to <literal>resolve</literal>, only resolution is enabled, but not host
|
|
|
|
registration and announcement. Defaults to true. This setting is read by
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
2017-08-26 13:37:46 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-08-26 13:37:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>MulticastDNS=</varname></term>
|
2017-08-26 13:37:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean or <literal>resolve</literal>. When true, enables
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6762">Multicast DNS</ulink> support on the link.
|
|
|
|
When set to <literal>resolve</literal>, only resolution is enabled, but not host or service
|
|
|
|
registration and announcement. Defaults to false. This setting is read by
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
2017-08-26 13:37:46 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-09-06 14:57:04 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>DNSOverTLS=</varname></term>
|
2017-09-06 14:57:04 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean or <literal>opportunistic</literal>. When true, enables
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7858">DNS-over-TLS</ulink> support on the link.
|
|
|
|
When set to <literal>opportunistic</literal>, compatibility with non-DNS-over-TLS servers is
|
|
|
|
increased, by automatically turning off DNS-over-TLS servers in this case. This option
|
|
|
|
defines a per-interface setting for
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolved.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s
|
|
|
|
global <varname>DNSOverTLS=</varname> option. Defaults to unset, and the global setting will
|
|
|
|
be used. This setting is read by
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
2017-09-06 14:57:04 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-01 09:34:49 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>DNSSEC=</varname></term>
|
2018-06-01 09:34:49 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean or <literal>allow-downgrade</literal>. When true, enables
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4033">DNSSEC</ulink> DNS validation support on the
|
|
|
|
link. When set to <literal>allow-downgrade</literal>, compatibility with non-DNSSEC capable
|
|
|
|
networks is increased, by automatically turning off DNSSEC in this case. This option defines
|
|
|
|
a per-interface setting for
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolved.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s
|
|
|
|
global <varname>DNSSEC=</varname> option. Defaults to unset, and the global setting will be
|
|
|
|
used. This setting is read by
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
network: add ActivationPolicy= configuration parameter
This parameter allows configuring the activation policy for an interface,
meaning how it manages the interface's administrative state (IFF_UP flag).
The policy can be configured to bring the interface either up or down when
the interface is (re)configured, to always force the interface either up or
down, or to never change the interface administrative state.
If the interface is bound with BindCarrier=, its administrative state is
controlled by the interface(s) it's bound to, and this parameter is forced
to 'bound'.
This changes the default behavior of how systemd-networkd sets the IFF_UP
flag; previously, it was set up (if not already up) every time the
link_joined() function was called. Now, with the default ActivationPolicy=
setting of 'up', it will only set the IFF_UP flag once, the first time
link_joined() is called, during an interface's configuration; and on
the first link_joined() call each time the interface is reconfigured.
Fixes: #3031
Fixes: #17437
2020-06-18 20:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DNSSECNegativeTrustAnchors=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A space-separated list of DNSSEC negative trust anchor domains. If specified and DNSSEC
|
|
|
|
is enabled, look-ups done via the interface's DNS server will be subject to the list of
|
|
|
|
negative trust anchors, and not require authentication for the specified domains, or anything
|
|
|
|
below it. Use this to disable DNSSEC authentication for specific private domains, that cannot
|
|
|
|
be proven valid using the Internet DNS hierarchy. Defaults to the empty list. This setting is
|
|
|
|
read by
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
network: add ActivationPolicy= configuration parameter
This parameter allows configuring the activation policy for an interface,
meaning how it manages the interface's administrative state (IFF_UP flag).
The policy can be configured to bring the interface either up or down when
the interface is (re)configured, to always force the interface either up or
down, or to never change the interface administrative state.
If the interface is bound with BindCarrier=, its administrative state is
controlled by the interface(s) it's bound to, and this parameter is forced
to 'bound'.
This changes the default behavior of how systemd-networkd sets the IFF_UP
flag; previously, it was set up (if not already up) every time the
link_joined() function was called. Now, with the default ActivationPolicy=
setting of 'up', it will only set the IFF_UP flag once, the first time
link_joined() is called, during an interface's configuration; and on
the first link_joined() call each time the interface is reconfigured.
Fixes: #3031
Fixes: #17437
2020-06-18 20:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2018-06-01 09:34:49 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-06-03 06:37:25 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>LLDP=</varname></term>
|
2019-06-03 06:37:25 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Controls support for Ethernet LLDP packet reception. LLDP is a link-layer protocol
|
|
|
|
commonly implemented on professional routers and bridges which announces which physical port
|
|
|
|
a system is connected to, as well as other related data. Accepts a boolean or the special
|
|
|
|
value <literal>routers-only</literal>. When true, incoming LLDP packets are accepted and a
|
|
|
|
database of all LLDP neighbors maintained. If <literal>routers-only</literal> is set only
|
|
|
|
LLDP data of various types of routers is collected and LLDP data about other types of devices
|
|
|
|
ignored (such as stations, telephones and others). If false, LLDP reception is disabled.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to <literal>routers-only</literal>. Use
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
|
|
|
to query the collected neighbor data. LLDP is only available on Ethernet links. See
|
|
|
|
<varname>EmitLLDP=</varname> below for enabling LLDP packet emission from the local system.
|
2019-10-01 15:12:31 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2019-06-03 06:37:25 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitLLDP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Controls support for Ethernet LLDP packet emission. Accepts a boolean parameter or the
|
|
|
|
special values <literal>nearest-bridge</literal>, <literal>non-tpmr-bridge</literal> and
|
|
|
|
<literal>customer-bridge</literal>. Defaults to false, which turns off LLDP packet emission.
|
|
|
|
If not false, a short LLDP packet with information about the local system is sent out in
|
|
|
|
regular intervals on the link. The LLDP packet will contain information about the local
|
|
|
|
hostname, the local machine ID (as stored in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>machine-id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>)
|
|
|
|
and the local interface name, as well as the pretty hostname of the system (as set in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>machine-info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>).
|
|
|
|
LLDP emission is only available on Ethernet links. Note that this setting passes data
|
|
|
|
suitable for identification of host to the network and should thus not be enabled on
|
|
|
|
untrusted networks, where such identification data should not be made available. Use this
|
|
|
|
option to permit other systems to identify on which interfaces they are connected to this
|
|
|
|
system. The three special values control propagation of the LLDP packets. The
|
|
|
|
<literal>nearest-bridge</literal> setting permits propagation only to the nearest connected
|
|
|
|
bridge, <literal>non-tpmr-bridge</literal> permits propagation across Two-Port MAC Relays,
|
|
|
|
but not any other bridges, and <literal>customer-bridge</literal> permits propagation until
|
|
|
|
a customer bridge is reached. For details about these concepts, see
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://standards.ieee.org/findstds/standard/802.1AB-2016.html">IEEE 802.1AB-2016</ulink>.
|
|
|
|
Note that configuring this setting to true is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
<literal>nearest-bridge</literal>, the recommended and most restricted level of propagation.
|
|
|
|
See <varname>LLDP=</varname> above for an option to enable LLDP reception.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>BindCarrier=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A link name or a list of link names. When set, controls the behavior of the current
|
|
|
|
link. When all links in the list are in an operational down state, the current link is
|
|
|
|
brought down. When at least one link has carrier, the current interface is brought up.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>This forces <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> to be set to <literal>bound</literal>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2018-11-29 03:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A static IPv4 or IPv6 address and its prefix length, separated by a
|
|
|
|
<literal>/</literal> character. Specify this key more than once to configure several
|
|
|
|
addresses. The format of the address must be as described in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
This is a short-hand for an [Address] section only containing an Address key (see below).
|
|
|
|
This option may be specified more than once.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>If the specified address is <literal>0.0.0.0</literal> (for IPv4) or
|
|
|
|
<literal>::</literal> (for IPv6), a new address range of the requested size is automatically
|
|
|
|
allocated from a system-wide pool of unused ranges. Note that the prefix length must be equal
|
|
|
|
or larger than 8 for IPv4, and 64 for IPv6. The allocated range is checked against all
|
|
|
|
current network interfaces and all known network configuration files to avoid address range
|
|
|
|
conflicts. The default system-wide pool consists of 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12 and
|
|
|
|
10.0.0.0/8 for IPv4, and fd00::/8 for IPv6. This functionality is useful to manage a large
|
|
|
|
number of dynamically created network interfaces with the same network configuration and
|
|
|
|
automatic address range assignment.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2017-04-25 10:36:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The gateway address, which must be in the format described in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
This is a short-hand for a [Route] section only containing a <varname>Gateway=</varname> key.
|
|
|
|
This option may be specified more than once.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2017-04-25 10:36:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A DNS server address, which must be in the format described in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
This option may be specified more than once. Each address can optionally take a port number
|
|
|
|
separated with <literal>:</literal>, a network interface name or index separated with
|
|
|
|
<literal>%</literal>, and a Server Name Indication (SNI) separated with <literal>#</literal>.
|
|
|
|
When IPv6 address is specified with a port number, then the address must be in the square
|
|
|
|
brackets. That is, the acceptable full formats are
|
|
|
|
<literal>111.222.333.444:9953%ifname#example.com</literal> for IPv4 and
|
|
|
|
<literal>[1111:2222::3333]:9953%ifname#example.com</literal> for IPv6. If an empty string is
|
|
|
|
assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared. This setting is read by
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2017-09-14 19:51:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Domains=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of domains which should be resolved using the DNS servers
|
|
|
|
on this link. Each item in the list should be a domain name, optionally prefixed with a tilde
|
|
|
|
(<literal>~</literal>). The domains with the prefix are called "routing-only domains". The
|
|
|
|
domains without the prefix are called "search domains" and are first used as search suffixes
|
|
|
|
for extending single-label hostnames (hostnames containing no dots) to become fully qualified
|
|
|
|
domain names (FQDNs). If a single-label hostname is resolved on this interface, each of the
|
|
|
|
specified search domains are appended to it in turn, converting it into a fully qualified
|
|
|
|
domain name, until one of them may be successfully resolved.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Both "search" and "routing-only" domains are used for routing of DNS queries: look-ups
|
|
|
|
for hostnames ending in those domains (hence also single label names, if any "search domains"
|
|
|
|
are listed), are routed to the DNS servers configured for this interface. The domain routing
|
|
|
|
logic is particularly useful on multi-homed hosts with DNS servers serving particular private
|
|
|
|
DNS zones on each interface.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>The "routing-only" domain <literal>~.</literal> (the tilde indicating definition of a
|
|
|
|
routing domain, the dot referring to the DNS root domain which is the implied suffix of all
|
|
|
|
valid DNS names) has special effect. It causes all DNS traffic which does not match another
|
|
|
|
configured domain routing entry to be routed to DNS servers specified for this interface.
|
|
|
|
This setting is useful to prefer a certain set of DNS servers if a link on which they are
|
|
|
|
connected is available.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This setting is read by
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
"Search domains" correspond to the <varname>domain</varname> and <varname>search</varname>
|
|
|
|
entries in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
Domain name routing has no equivalent in the traditional glibc API, which has no concept of
|
|
|
|
domain name servers limited to a specific link.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2017-09-14 19:51:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DNSDefaultRoute=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, this link's configured DNS servers are used for
|
|
|
|
resolving domain names that do not match any link's configured <varname>Domains=</varname>
|
|
|
|
setting. If false, this link's configured DNS servers are never used for such domains, and
|
|
|
|
are exclusively used for resolving names that match at least one of the domains configured on
|
|
|
|
this link. If not specified defaults to an automatic mode: queries not matching any link's
|
|
|
|
configured domains will be routed to this link if it has no routing-only domains configured.
|
2016-05-03 17:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>NTP=</varname></term>
|
2018-05-21 11:33:36 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>An NTP server address (either an IP address, or a hostname). This option may be
|
|
|
|
specified more than once. This setting is read by
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-timesyncd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPForward=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Configures IP packet forwarding for the system. If enabled, incoming packets on any
|
|
|
|
network interface will be forwarded to any other interfaces according to the routing table.
|
|
|
|
Takes a boolean, or the values <literal>ipv4</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>, which only
|
|
|
|
enable IP packet forwarding for the specified address family. This controls the
|
|
|
|
<filename>net.ipv4.ip_forward</filename> and <filename>net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding</filename>
|
|
|
|
sysctl options of the network interface (see
|
2022-07-04 14:26:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html">IP Sysctl</ulink>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
for details about sysctl options). Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Note: this setting controls a global kernel option, and does so one way only: if a
|
|
|
|
network that has this setting enabled is set up the global setting is turned on. However,
|
|
|
|
it is never turned off again, even after all networks with this setting enabled are shut
|
|
|
|
down again.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>To allow IP packet forwarding only between specific network interfaces use a firewall.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-07-09 14:23:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPMasquerade=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Configures IP masquerading for the network interface. If enabled, packets forwarded
|
|
|
|
from the network interface will be appear as coming from the local host. Takes one of
|
|
|
|
<literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>, or
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal>. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. If enabled, this automatically sets
|
|
|
|
<varname>IPForward=</varname> to one of <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>yes</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>Note. Any positive boolean values such as <literal>yes</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>true</literal> are now deprecated. Please use one of the values in the above.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6PrivacyExtensions=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Configures use of stateless temporary addresses that change over time (see
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4941">RFC 4941</ulink>,
|
|
|
|
Privacy Extensions for Stateless Address Autoconfiguration in IPv6). Takes a boolean or the
|
|
|
|
special values <literal>prefer-public</literal> and <literal>kernel</literal>. When true,
|
|
|
|
enables the privacy extensions and prefers temporary addresses over public addresses. When
|
|
|
|
<literal>prefer-public</literal>, enables the privacy extensions, but prefers public
|
|
|
|
addresses over temporary addresses. When false, the privacy extensions remain disabled. When
|
2023-06-29 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>kernel</literal>, the kernel's default setting will be left in place. When unspecified,
|
|
|
|
the value specified in the same setting in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
|
|
|
which defaults to <literal>no</literal>, will be used.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Controls IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) reception support for the
|
|
|
|
interface. If true, RAs are accepted; if false, RAs are ignored. When RAs are accepted, they
|
|
|
|
may trigger the start of the DHCPv6 client if the relevant flags are set in the RA data, or
|
|
|
|
if no routers are found on the link. The default is to disable RA reception for bridge
|
|
|
|
devices or when IP forwarding is enabled, and to enable it otherwise. Cannot be enabled on
|
2023-01-16 07:33:55 +00:00
|
|
|
devices aggregated in a bond device or when link-local addressing is disabled.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Further settings for the IPv6 RA support may be configured in the [IPv6AcceptRA]
|
|
|
|
section, see below.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Also see
|
2022-07-04 14:26:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html">IP Sysctl</ulink>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
in the kernel documentation regarding <literal>accept_ra</literal>, but note that systemd's
|
|
|
|
setting of <constant>1</constant> (i.e. true) corresponds to kernel's setting of
|
|
|
|
<constant>2</constant>.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Note that kernel's implementation of the IPv6 RA protocol is always disabled,
|
|
|
|
regardless of this setting. If this option is enabled, a userspace implementation of the IPv6
|
|
|
|
RA protocol is used, and the kernel's own implementation remains disabled, since
|
|
|
|
<command>systemd-networkd</command> needs to know all details supplied in the advertisements,
|
|
|
|
and these are not available from the kernel if the kernel's own implementation is used.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6DuplicateAddressDetection=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Configures the amount of IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) probes to send. When
|
|
|
|
unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Configures IPv6 Hop Limit. For each router that forwards the packet, the hop limit is
|
|
|
|
decremented by 1. When the hop limit field reaches zero, the packet is discarded. When unset,
|
|
|
|
the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2023-07-13 16:10:48 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv4ReversePathFilter=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Configure IPv4 Reverse Path Filtering. If enabled, when an IPv4 packet is received, the machine will first check
|
|
|
|
whether the <emphasis>source</emphasis> of the packet would be routed through the interface it came in. If there is no
|
|
|
|
route to the source on that interface, the machine will drop the packet. Takes one of
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal>, <literal>strict</literal>, or <literal>loose</literal>. When <literal>no</literal>,
|
|
|
|
no source validation will be done. When <literal>strict</literal>, mode each incoming packet is tested against the FIB and
|
|
|
|
if the incoming interface is not the best reverse path, the packet check will fail. By default failed packets are discarded.
|
|
|
|
When <literal>loose</literal>, mode each incoming packet's source address is tested against the FIB. The packet is dropped
|
|
|
|
only if the source address is not reachable via any interface on that router.
|
|
|
|
See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1027">RFC 3704</ulink>.
|
|
|
|
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv4AcceptLocal=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Accept packets with local source addresses. In combination with
|
|
|
|
suitable routing, this can be used to direct packets between two local interfaces over the
|
|
|
|
wire and have them accepted properly. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv4RouteLocalnet=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the kernel does not consider loopback addresses as martian
|
|
|
|
source or destination while routing. This enables the use of 127.0.0.0/8 for local routing
|
|
|
|
purposes. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv4ProxyARP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures proxy ARP for IPv4. Proxy ARP is the technique in which one
|
|
|
|
host, usually a router, answers ARP requests intended for another machine. By "faking" its
|
|
|
|
identity, the router accepts responsibility for routing packets to the "real" destination.
|
|
|
|
See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1027">RFC 1027</ulink>. When unset, the
|
|
|
|
kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures proxy NDP for IPv6. Proxy NDP (Neighbor Discovery Protocol)
|
|
|
|
is a technique for IPv6 to allow routing of addresses to a different destination when peers
|
|
|
|
expect them to be present on a certain physical link. In this case a router answers Neighbour
|
|
|
|
Advertisement messages intended for another machine by offering its own MAC address as
|
|
|
|
destination. Unlike proxy ARP for IPv4, it is not enabled globally, but will only send
|
|
|
|
Neighbour Advertisement messages for addresses in the IPv6 neighbor proxy table, which can
|
|
|
|
also be shown by <command>ip -6 neighbour show proxy</command>. systemd-networkd will control
|
|
|
|
the per-interface `proxy_ndp` switch for each configured interface depending on this option.
|
|
|
|
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6ProxyNDPAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>An IPv6 address, for which Neighbour Advertisement messages will be proxied. This
|
|
|
|
option may be specified more than once. systemd-networkd will add the
|
|
|
|
<varname>IPv6ProxyNDPAddress=</varname> entries to the kernel's IPv6 neighbor proxy table.
|
|
|
|
This setting implies <varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=yes</varname> but has no effect if
|
|
|
|
<varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=</varname> has been set to false. When unset, the kernel's default will
|
|
|
|
be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Whether to enable or disable Router Advertisement sending on a link. Takes a boolean
|
|
|
|
value. When enabled, prefixes configured in [IPv6Prefix] sections and routes configured in
|
|
|
|
the [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections are distributed as defined in the [IPv6SendRA] section. If
|
|
|
|
<varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled, then the delegated prefixes are also
|
|
|
|
distributed. See <varname>DCHPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting and the [IPv6SendRA],
|
|
|
|
[IPv6Prefix], [IPv6RoutePrefix], and [DHCPPrefixDelegation] sections for more configuration
|
|
|
|
options.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-02-22 21:56:10 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean value. When enabled, requests subnet prefixes on another link via the DHCPv6
|
|
|
|
protocol or via the 6RD option in the DHCPv4 protocol. An address within each delegated prefix will
|
|
|
|
be assigned, and the prefixes will be announced through IPv6 Router Advertisement if
|
|
|
|
<varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> is enabled. This behaviour can be configured in the
|
|
|
|
[DHCPPrefixDelegation] section. Defaults to disabled.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6MTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Configures IPv6 maximum transmission unit (MTU). An integer greater than or equal to
|
|
|
|
1280 bytes. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>KeepMaster=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean value. When enabled, the current master interface index will not be
|
|
|
|
changed, and <varname>BatmanAdvanced=</varname>, <varname>Bond=</varname>,
|
|
|
|
<varname>Bridge=</varname>, and <varname>VRF=</varname> settings are ignored. This may be
|
|
|
|
useful when a netdev with a master interface is created by another program, e.g.
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>BatmanAdvanced=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Bond=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Bridge=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>VRF=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The name of the B.A.T.M.A.N. Advanced, bond, bridge, or VRF interface to add the link
|
|
|
|
to. See
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPoIB=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPVLAN=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPVTAP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MACsec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MACVLAN=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MACVTAP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Tunnel=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>VLAN=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>VXLAN=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Xfrm=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-02-25 04:56:49 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The name of an IPoIB, IPVLAN, IPVTAP, MACsec, MACVLAN, MACVTAP, tunnel, VLAN,
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
VXLAN, or Xfrm to be created on the link. See
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
This option may be specified more than once.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ActiveSlave=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Specifies the new active slave. The <literal>ActiveSlave=</literal>
|
|
|
|
option is only valid for following modes: <literal>active-backup</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>balance-alb</literal>, and <literal>balance-tlb</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PrimarySlave=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Specifies which slave is the primary device. The specified device will
|
|
|
|
always be the active slave while it is available. Only when the primary is off-line will
|
|
|
|
alternate devices be used. This is useful when one slave is preferred over another, e.g.
|
|
|
|
when one slave has higher throughput than another. The <literal>PrimarySlave=</literal>
|
|
|
|
option is only valid for following modes: <literal>active-backup</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>balance-alb</literal>, and <literal>balance-tlb</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ConfigureWithoutCarrier=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Allows networkd to configure a specific link even if it has no
|
|
|
|
carrier. Defaults to false. If enabled, and the <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> setting
|
|
|
|
is not explicitly set, then it is enabled as well.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-03-29 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean or a timespan. When true, <command>systemd-networkd</command> retains
|
|
|
|
both the static and dynamic configuration of the interface even if its carrier is lost. When
|
|
|
|
false, <command>systemd-networkd</command> drops both the static and dynamic configuration of
|
|
|
|
the interface. When a timespan is specified, <command>systemd-networkd</command> waits for
|
|
|
|
the specified timespan, and ignores the carrier loss if the link regain its carrier within
|
|
|
|
the timespan. Setting 0 seconds is equivalent to <literal>no</literal>, and
|
|
|
|
<literal>infinite</literal> is equivalent to <literal>yes</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Setting a finite timespan may be useful when e.g. in the following cases:
|
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A wireless interface connecting to a network which has multiple access points with
|
|
|
|
the same SSID.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Enslaving a wireless interface to a bond interface, which may disconnect from the
|
|
|
|
connected access point and causes its carrier to be lost.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The driver of the interface resets when the MTU is changed.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2022-03-29 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>When <varname>Bond=</varname> is specified to a wireless interface, defaults to 3
|
|
|
|
seconds. When the DHCPv4 client is enabled and <varname>UseMTU=</varname> in the [DHCPv4]
|
2022-04-01 15:34:27 +00:00
|
|
|
section enabled, defaults to 5 seconds. Otherwise, defaults to the value specified with
|
2022-03-29 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
<varname>ConfigureWithoutCarrier=</varname>. When <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set
|
|
|
|
to <literal>always-up</literal>, this is forced to <literal>yes</literal>, and ignored any
|
|
|
|
user specified values.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>KeepConfiguration=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean or one of <literal>static</literal>, <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>dhcp</literal>. When <literal>static</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command>
|
|
|
|
will not drop static addresses and routes on starting up process. When set to
|
|
|
|
<literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command> will not drop addresses
|
|
|
|
and routes on stopping the daemon. When <literal>dhcp</literal>,
|
|
|
|
the addresses and routes provided by a DHCP server will never be dropped even if the DHCP
|
|
|
|
lease expires. This is contrary to the DHCP specification, but may be the best choice if,
|
|
|
|
e.g., the root filesystem relies on this connection. The setting <literal>dhcp</literal>
|
|
|
|
implies <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>, and <literal>yes</literal> implies
|
2022-02-04 06:33:38 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>dhcp</literal> and <literal>static</literal>. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
<literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal> when <command>systemd-networkd</command> is running in
|
|
|
|
initrd, <literal>yes</literal> when the root filesystem is a network filesystem, and
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal> otherwise.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[Address] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>An [Address] section accepts the following keys. Specify several [Address] sections to
|
|
|
|
configure several addresses.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>As in the [Network] section. This setting is mandatory. Each [Address] section can
|
|
|
|
contain one <varname>Address=</varname> setting.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Peer=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The peer address in a point-to-point connection. Accepts the same format as the
|
|
|
|
<varname>Address=</varname> setting.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Broadcast=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes an IPv4 address or boolean value. The address must be in the format described in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
If set to true, then the IPv4 broadcast address will be derived from the
|
|
|
|
<varname>Address=</varname> setting. If set to false, then the broadcast address will not be
|
|
|
|
set. Defaults to true, except for wireguard interfaces, where it default to false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the label for the IPv4 address. The label must be a 7-bit ASCII string with
|
|
|
|
a length of 1…15 characters. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PreferredLifetime=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Allows the default "preferred lifetime" of the address to be overridden. Only three
|
|
|
|
settings are accepted: <literal>forever</literal>, <literal>infinity</literal>, which is the
|
|
|
|
default and means that the address never expires, and <literal>0</literal>, which means that
|
|
|
|
the address is considered immediately "expired" and will not be used, unless explicitly
|
|
|
|
requested. A setting of <option>PreferredLifetime=0</option> is useful for addresses which
|
|
|
|
are added to be used only by a specific application, which is then configured to use them
|
|
|
|
explicitly.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Scope=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The scope of the address, which can be <literal>global</literal> (valid everywhere on
|
|
|
|
the network, even through a gateway), <literal>link</literal> (only valid on this device,
|
|
|
|
will not traverse a gateway) or <literal>host</literal> (only valid within the device itself,
|
|
|
|
e.g. 127.0.0.1) or an integer in the range 0…255. Defaults to <literal>global</literal>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The metric of the prefix route, which is pointing to the subnet of the configured IP
|
|
|
|
address, taking the configured prefix length into account. Takes an unsigned integer in the
|
|
|
|
range 0…4294967295. When unset or set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. This
|
|
|
|
setting will be ignored when <varname>AddPrefixRoute=</varname> is false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>HomeAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Designates this address the "home address" as defined in
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6275">RFC 6275</ulink>. Supported only on IPv6.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DuplicateAddressDetection=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes one of <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>,
|
|
|
|
or <literal>none</literal>. When <literal>ipv4</literal>, performs IPv4 Address Conflict
|
|
|
|
Detection. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5227">RFC 5227</ulink>.
|
|
|
|
When <literal>ipv6</literal>, performs IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection. See
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862">RFC 4862</ulink>. Defaults to
|
2022-03-22 13:01:08 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>ipv4</literal> for IPv4 link-local addresses, <literal>ipv6</literal> for IPv6
|
|
|
|
addresses, and <literal>none</literal> otherwise.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ManageTemporaryAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If true the kernel manage temporary addresses created from this one as
|
|
|
|
template on behalf of Privacy Extensions
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3041">RFC 3041</ulink>. For this to become active,
|
|
|
|
the use_tempaddr sysctl setting has to be set to a value greater than zero. The given address
|
|
|
|
needs to have a prefix length of 64. This flag allows using privacy extensions in a manually
|
|
|
|
configured network, just like if stateless auto-configuration was active. Defaults to false.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>AddPrefixRoute=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the prefix route for the address is automatically added.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to true.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>AutoJoin=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Joining multicast group on ethernet level via
|
|
|
|
<command>ip maddr</command> command would not work if we have an Ethernet switch that does
|
|
|
|
IGMP snooping since the switch would not replicate multicast packets on ports that did not
|
|
|
|
have IGMP reports for the multicast addresses. Linux vxlan interfaces created via
|
|
|
|
<command>ip link add vxlan</command> or networkd's netdev kind vxlan have the group option
|
2022-07-19 08:57:33 +00:00
|
|
|
that enables them to do the required join. By extending <command>ip address</command> command
|
|
|
|
with option <literal>autojoin</literal> we can get similar functionality for openvswitch (OVS)
|
|
|
|
vxlan interfaces as well as other tunneling mechanisms that need to receive multicast traffic.
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
network: NetLabel integration
New directive `NetLabel=` provides a method for integrating static and dynamic
network configuration into Linux NetLabel subsystem rules, used by Linux
Security Modules (LSMs) for network access control. The label, with suitable
LSM rules, can be used to control connectivity of (for example) a service with
peers in the local network. At least with SELinux, only the ingress can be
controlled but not egress. The benefit of using this setting is that it may be
possible to apply interface independent part of NetLabel configuration at very
early stage of system boot sequence, at the time when the network interfaces
are not available yet, with netlabelctl(8), and the per-interface configuration
with systemd-networkd once the interfaces appear later. Currently this feature
is only implemented for SELinux.
The option expects a single NetLabel label. The label must conform to lexical
restrictions of LSM labels. When an interface is configured with IP addresses,
the addresses and subnetwork masks will be appended to the NetLabel Fallback
Peer Labeling rules. They will be removed when the interface is
deconfigured. Failures to manage the labels will be ignored.
Example:
```
[DHCPv4]
NetLabel=system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0
```
With the above rules for interface `eth0`, when the interface is configured with
an IPv4 address of 10.0.0.123/8, `systemd-networkd` performs the equivalent of
`netlabelctl` operation
```
$ sudo netlabelctl unlbl add interface eth0 address:10.0.0.0/8 label:system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0
```
Result:
```
$ sudo netlabelctl -p unlbl list
...
interface: eth0
address: 10.0.0.0/8
label: "system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0"
...
```
2022-08-20 17:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>NetLabel=</varname><replaceable>label</replaceable></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This setting provides a method for integrating static and dynamic network configuration into
|
|
|
|
Linux <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/netlabel/index.html">NetLabel</ulink> subsystem rules,
|
|
|
|
used by <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_Security_Modules">Linux Security Modules
|
|
|
|
(LSMs)</ulink> for network access control. The label, with suitable LSM rules, can be used to
|
|
|
|
control connectivity of (for example) a service with peers in the local network. At least with
|
|
|
|
SELinux, only the ingress can be controlled but not egress. The benefit of using this setting is
|
|
|
|
that it may be possible to apply interface independent part of NetLabel configuration at very early
|
|
|
|
stage of system boot sequence, at the time when the network interfaces are not available yet, with
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry
|
|
|
|
project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>netlabelctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
|
|
|
and the per-interface configuration with <command>systemd-networkd</command> once the interfaces
|
|
|
|
appear later. Currently this feature is only implemented for SELinux.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>The option expects a single NetLabel label. The label must conform to lexical restrictions of
|
|
|
|
LSM labels. When an interface is configured with IP addresses, the addresses and subnetwork masks
|
|
|
|
will be appended to the <ulink
|
|
|
|
url="https://github.com/SELinuxProject/selinux-notebook/blob/main/src/network_support.md">NetLabel
|
|
|
|
Fallback Peer Labeling</ulink> rules. They will be removed when the interface is
|
|
|
|
deconfigured. Failures to manage the labels will be ignored.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Warning: Once labeling is enabled for network traffic, a lot of LSM access control points in
|
|
|
|
Linux networking stack go from dormant to active. Care should be taken to avoid getting into a
|
|
|
|
situation where for example remote connectivity is broken, when the security policy hasn't been
|
|
|
|
updated to consider LSM per-packet access controls and no rules would allow any network
|
|
|
|
traffic. Also note that additional configuration with <citerefentry
|
|
|
|
project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>netlabelctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
|
|
|
is needed.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Example:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>[Address]
|
|
|
|
NetLabel=system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With the example rules applying for interface <literal>eth0</literal>, when the interface is
|
|
|
|
configured with an IPv4 address of 10.0.0.123/8, <command>systemd-networkd</command> performs the
|
|
|
|
equivalent of <command>netlabelctl</command> operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>netlabelctl unlbl add interface eth0 address:10.0.0.0/8 label:system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the reverse operation when the IPv4 address is deconfigured. The configuration can be used with
|
|
|
|
LSM rules; in case of SELinux to allow a SELinux domain to receive data from objects of SELinux
|
|
|
|
<literal>peer</literal> class. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>type localnet_peer_t;
|
|
|
|
allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The effect of the above configuration and rules (in absence of other rules as may be the case) is
|
|
|
|
to only allow <literal>my_server_t</literal> (and nothing else) to receive data from local subnet
|
|
|
|
10.0.0.0/8 of interface <literal>eth0</literal>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[Neighbor] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>A [Neighbor] section accepts the following keys. The neighbor section adds a permanent,
|
|
|
|
static entry to the neighbor table (IPv6) or ARP table (IPv4) for the given hardware address on the
|
|
|
|
links matched for the network. Specify several [Neighbor] sections to configure several static
|
|
|
|
neighbors.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The IP address of the neighbor.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>LinkLayerAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The link layer address (MAC address or IP address) of the neighbor.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[IPv6AddressLabel] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>An [IPv6AddressLabel] section accepts the following keys. Specify several [IPv6AddressLabel]
|
|
|
|
sections to configure several address labels. IPv6 address labels are used for address selection.
|
|
|
|
See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3484">RFC 3484</ulink>. Precedence is managed by
|
|
|
|
userspace, and only the label itself is stored in the kernel.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The label for the prefix, an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. 0xffffffff is
|
|
|
|
reserved. This setting is mandatory.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>IPv6 prefix is an address with a prefix length, separated by a slash
|
|
|
|
<literal>/</literal> character. This setting is mandatory. </para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[RoutingPolicyRule] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>An [RoutingPolicyRule] section accepts the following settings. Specify several
|
|
|
|
[RoutingPolicyRule] sections to configure several rules.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>TypeOfService=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2023-04-17 21:36:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This specifies the Type of Service (ToS) field of packets to match;
|
|
|
|
it takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…255.
|
|
|
|
The field can be used to specify precedence (the first 3 bits) and ToS (the next 3 bits).
|
|
|
|
The field can be also used to specify Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) (the first 6 bits) and
|
|
|
|
Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) (the last 2 bits).
|
|
|
|
See <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Type_of_service">Type of Service</ulink>
|
|
|
|
and <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Differentiated_services">Differentiated services</ulink>
|
|
|
|
for more details.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>From=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the source address prefix to match. Possibly followed by a slash and the
|
|
|
|
prefix length.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>To=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the destination address prefix to match. Possibly followed by a slash and the
|
|
|
|
prefix length.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>FirewallMark=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the iptables firewall mark value to match (a number in the range
|
|
|
|
1…4294967295). Optionally, the firewall mask (also a number between 1…4294967295) can be
|
|
|
|
suffixed with a slash (<literal>/</literal>), e.g., <literal>7/255</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Table=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-01-18 11:08:05 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the routing table identifier to look up if the rule selector matches. Takes
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
one of predefined names <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and
|
|
|
|
<literal>local</literal>, and names defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
|
|
|
or a number between 1 and 4294967295. Defaults to <literal>main</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the priority of this rule. <varname>Priority=</varname> is an integer in the
|
|
|
|
range 0…4294967295. Higher number means lower priority, and rules get processed in order of
|
|
|
|
increasing number. Defaults to unset, and the kernel will pick a value dynamically.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IncomingInterface=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies incoming device to match. If the interface is loopback, the rule only matches
|
|
|
|
packets originating from this host.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>OutgoingInterface=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the outgoing device to match. The outgoing interface is only available for
|
|
|
|
packets originating from local sockets that are bound to a device.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SourcePort=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the source IP port or IP port range match in forwarding information base
|
|
|
|
(FIB) rules. A port range is specified by the lower and upper port separated by a dash.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DestinationPort=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the destination IP port or IP port range match in forwarding information base
|
|
|
|
(FIB) rules. A port range is specified by the lower and upper port separated by a dash.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPProtocol=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the IP protocol to match in forwarding information base (FIB) rules. Takes IP
|
|
|
|
protocol name such as <literal>tcp</literal>, <literal>udp</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>sctp</literal>, or IP protocol number such as <literal>6</literal> for
|
|
|
|
<literal>tcp</literal> or <literal>17</literal> for <literal>udp</literal>. Defaults to unset.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>InvertRule=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A boolean. Specifies whether the rule is to be inverted. Defaults to false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Family=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a special value <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, or
|
|
|
|
<literal>both</literal>. By default, the address family is determined by the address
|
|
|
|
specified in <varname>To=</varname> or <varname>From=</varname>. If neither
|
|
|
|
<varname>To=</varname> nor <varname>From=</varname> are specified, then defaults to
|
|
|
|
<literal>ipv4</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>User=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a username, a user ID, or a range of user IDs separated by a dash. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SuppressPrefixLength=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a number <replaceable>N</replaceable> in the range 0…128 and rejects routing
|
|
|
|
decisions that have a prefix length of <replaceable>N</replaceable> or less. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SuppressInterfaceGroup=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes an integer in the range 0…2147483647 and rejects routing decisions that have
|
|
|
|
an interface with the same group id. It has the same meaning as
|
|
|
|
<option>suppress_ifgroup</option> in <command>ip rule</command>. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Type=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies Routing Policy Database (RPDB) rule type. Takes one of
|
|
|
|
<literal>blackhole</literal>, <literal>unreachable</literal> or <literal>prohibit</literal>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[NextHop] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>The [NextHop] section is used to manipulate entries in the kernel's "nexthop" tables. The
|
|
|
|
[NextHop] section accepts the following settings. Specify several [NextHop] sections to configure
|
|
|
|
several hops.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Id=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The id of the next hop. Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967295. If unspecified,
|
|
|
|
then automatically chosen by kernel.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>As in the [Network] section.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Family=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes one of the special values <literal>ipv4</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>.
|
|
|
|
By default, the family is determined by the address specified in
|
|
|
|
<varname>Gateway=</varname>. If <varname>Gateway=</varname> is not specified, then defaults
|
|
|
|
to <literal>ipv4</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>OnLink=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the kernel does not have to check if the gateway is
|
|
|
|
reachable directly by the current machine (i.e., attached to the local network), so that we
|
|
|
|
can insert the nexthop in the kernel table without it being complained about. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Blackhole=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If enabled, packets to the corresponding routes are discarded
|
|
|
|
silently, and <varname>Gateway=</varname> cannot be specified. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Group=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a whitespace separated list of nexthop IDs. Each ID must be in the range
|
|
|
|
1…4294967295. Optionally, each nexthop ID can take a weight after a colon
|
|
|
|
(<literal><replaceable>id</replaceable><optional>:<replaceable>weight</replaceable></optional></literal>).
|
|
|
|
The weight must be in the range 1…255. If the weight is not specified, then it is assumed
|
|
|
|
that the weight is 1. This setting cannot be specified with <varname>Gateway=</varname>,
|
|
|
|
<varname>Family=</varname>, <varname>Blackhole=</varname>. This setting can be specified
|
|
|
|
multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are
|
|
|
|
cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[Route] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>The [Route] section accepts the following settings. Specify several [Route] sections to
|
|
|
|
configure several routes.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes the gateway address or the special values <literal>_dhcp4</literal> and
|
|
|
|
<literal>_ipv6ra</literal>. If <literal>_dhcp4</literal> or <literal>_ipv6ra</literal> is
|
|
|
|
set, then the gateway address provided by DHCPv4 or IPv6 RA is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>GatewayOnLink=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the kernel does not have to check if the gateway is
|
|
|
|
reachable directly by the current machine (i.e., attached to the local network), so that we
|
|
|
|
can insert the route in the kernel table without it being complained about. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Destination=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The destination prefix of the route. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix
|
|
|
|
length. If omitted, a full-length host route is assumed.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Source=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The source prefix of the route. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix length. If
|
|
|
|
omitted, a full-length host route is assumed.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Metric=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The metric of the route. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295. Defaults
|
|
|
|
to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPv6Preference=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the route preference as defined in
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink> for Router Discovery
|
|
|
|
messages. Which can be one of <literal>low</literal> the route has a lowest priority,
|
|
|
|
<literal>medium</literal> the route has a default priority or <literal>high</literal> the
|
|
|
|
route has a highest priority.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Scope=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The scope of the IPv4 route, which can be <literal>global</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>site</literal>, <literal>link</literal>, <literal>host</literal>, or
|
|
|
|
<literal>nowhere</literal>:</para>
|
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para><literal>global</literal> means the route can reach hosts more than one hop away.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para><literal>site</literal> means an interior route in the local autonomous system.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para><literal>link</literal> means the route can only reach hosts on the local network
|
|
|
|
(one hop away).</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para><literal>host</literal> means the route will not leave the local machine (used for
|
|
|
|
internal addresses like 127.0.0.1).</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para><literal>nowhere</literal> means the destination doesn't exist.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>For IPv4 route, defaults to <literal>host</literal> if <varname>Type=</varname> is
|
|
|
|
<literal>local</literal> or <literal>nat</literal>, and <literal>link</literal> if
|
2022-01-13 12:42:28 +00:00
|
|
|
<varname>Type=</varname> is <literal>broadcast</literal>, <literal>multicast</literal>,
|
2022-07-19 08:57:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>anycast</literal>, or <literal>unicast</literal>. In other cases,
|
2022-01-13 12:42:28 +00:00
|
|
|
defaults to <literal>global</literal>. The value is not used for IPv6.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PreferredSource=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The preferred source address of the route. The address must be in the format described
|
|
|
|
in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Table=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The table identifier for the route. Takes one of predefined names
|
|
|
|
<literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>, and names
|
|
|
|
defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
|
|
|
or a number between 1 and 4294967295. The table can be retrieved using
|
|
|
|
<command>ip route show table <replaceable>num</replaceable></command>. If unset and
|
|
|
|
<varname>Type=</varname> is <literal>local</literal>, <literal>broadcast</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>anycast</literal>, or <literal>nat</literal>, then <literal>local</literal> is used.
|
|
|
|
In other cases, defaults to <literal>main</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2023-08-16 17:07:48 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>HopLimit=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para> Configures per route hop limit. See also <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Protocol=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The protocol identifier for the route. Takes a number between 0 and 255 or the special
|
|
|
|
values <literal>kernel</literal>, <literal>boot</literal>, <literal>static</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>ra</literal> and <literal>dhcp</literal>. Defaults to <literal>static</literal>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Type=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the type for the route. Takes one of <literal>unicast</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>local</literal>, <literal>broadcast</literal>, <literal>anycast</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>multicast</literal>, <literal>blackhole</literal>, <literal>unreachable</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>prohibit</literal>, <literal>throw</literal>, <literal>nat</literal>, and
|
|
|
|
<literal>xresolve</literal>. If <literal>unicast</literal>, a regular route is defined, i.e.
|
|
|
|
a route indicating the path to take to a destination network address. If
|
|
|
|
<literal>blackhole</literal>, packets to the defined route are discarded silently. If
|
|
|
|
<literal>unreachable</literal>, packets to the defined route are discarded and the ICMP
|
|
|
|
message "Host Unreachable" is generated. If <literal>prohibit</literal>, packets to the
|
|
|
|
defined route are discarded and the ICMP message "Communication Administratively Prohibited"
|
|
|
|
is generated. If <literal>throw</literal>, route lookup in the current routing table will
|
|
|
|
fail and the route selection process will return to Routing Policy Database (RPDB). Defaults
|
|
|
|
to <literal>unicast</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>InitialCongestionWindow=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The TCP initial congestion window is used during the start of a TCP connection.
|
|
|
|
During the start of a TCP session, when a client requests a resource, the server's initial
|
|
|
|
congestion window determines how many packets will be sent during the initial burst of data
|
|
|
|
without waiting for acknowledgement. Takes a number between 1 and 1023. Note that 100 is
|
|
|
|
considered an extremely large value for this option. When unset, the kernel's default
|
|
|
|
(typically 10) will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The TCP initial advertised receive window is the amount of receive data (in bytes)
|
|
|
|
that can initially be buffered at one time on a connection. The sending host can send only
|
|
|
|
that amount of data before waiting for an acknowledgment and window update from the
|
|
|
|
receiving host. Takes a number between 1 and 1023. Note that 100 is considered an extremely
|
|
|
|
large value for this option. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2023-01-16 05:31:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode for the route is enabled. When unset,
|
|
|
|
the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>FastOpenNoCookie=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When true enables TCP fastopen without a cookie on a per-route basis.
|
|
|
|
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>TTLPropagate=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When true enables TTL propagation at Label Switched Path (LSP) egress.
|
|
|
|
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The maximum transmission unit in bytes to set for the route. The usual suffixes K, M,
|
|
|
|
G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>TCPAdvertisedMaximumSegmentSize=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the Path MSS (in bytes) hints given on TCP layer. The usual suffixes K, M, G,
|
|
|
|
are supported and are understood to the base of 1024. An unsigned integer in the range
|
|
|
|
1…4294967294. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-26 05:43:07 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the TCP congestion control algorithm for the route. Takes a name of the algorithm,
|
|
|
|
e.g. <literal>bbr</literal>, <literal>dctcp</literal>, or <literal>vegas</literal>. When unset,
|
|
|
|
the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2023-08-17 12:07:14 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>TCPRetransmissionTimeOutSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the TCP Retransmission Time Out for the route. Takes time values in seconds.
|
|
|
|
This value specifies the timeout of an alive TCP connection, when RTO retransmissions remain unacknowledged.
|
|
|
|
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MultiPathRoute=<replaceable>address</replaceable>[@<replaceable>name</replaceable>] [<replaceable>weight</replaceable>]</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Configures multipath route. Multipath routing is the technique of using multiple
|
|
|
|
alternative paths through a network. Takes gateway address. Optionally, takes a network
|
|
|
|
interface name or index separated with <literal>@</literal>, and a weight in 1..256 for this
|
|
|
|
multipath route separated with whitespace. This setting can be specified multiple times. If
|
|
|
|
an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>NextHop=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the nexthop id. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967295. If set,
|
|
|
|
the corresponding [NextHop] section must be configured. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[DHCPv4] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>The [DHCPv4] section configures the DHCPv4 client, if it is enabled with the
|
|
|
|
<varname>DHCP=</varname> setting described above:</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<!-- DHCP packet contents -->
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SendHostname=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the machine's hostname (or the value specified with
|
|
|
|
<varname>Hostname=</varname>, described below) will be sent to the DHCP server. Note that the
|
|
|
|
hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case characters and no spaces or dots, and be
|
|
|
|
formatted as a valid DNS domain name. Otherwise, the hostname is not sent even if this option
|
|
|
|
is true.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Hostname=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Use this value for the hostname which is sent to the DHCP server, instead of machine's
|
|
|
|
hostname. Note that the specified hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case
|
|
|
|
characters and no spaces or dots, and be formatted as a valid DNS domain name.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When configured, the specified Manufacturer Usage Description (MUD) URL will be sent
|
|
|
|
to the DHCPv4 server. Takes a URL of length up to 255 characters. A superficial verification
|
|
|
|
that the string is a valid URL will be performed. DHCPv4 clients are intended to have at most
|
|
|
|
one MUD URL associated with them. See
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8520">RFC 8520</ulink>.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>MUD is an embedded software standard defined by the IETF that allows IoT device makers
|
|
|
|
to advertise device specifications, including the intended communication patterns for their
|
|
|
|
device when it connects to the network. The network can then use this to author a
|
|
|
|
context-specific access policy, so the device functions only within those parameters.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ClientIdentifier=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2023-07-15 05:35:28 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The DHCPv4 client identifier to use. Takes one of <option>mac</option> or
|
|
|
|
<option>duid</option>. If set to <option>mac</option>, the MAC address of the link is used. If set
|
|
|
|
to <option>duid</option>, an RFC4361-compliant Client ID, which is the combination of IAID and
|
|
|
|
DUID, is used. IAID can be configured by <varname>IAID=</varname>. DUID can be configured by
|
|
|
|
<varname>DUIDType=</varname> and <varname>DUIDRawData=</varname>. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
<option>duid</option>.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>VendorClassIdentifier=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The vendor class identifier used to identify vendor type and configuration.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UserClass=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A DHCPv4 client can use UserClass option to identify the type or category of user or
|
|
|
|
applications it represents. The information contained in this option is a string that
|
|
|
|
represents the user class of which the client is a member. Each class sets an identifying
|
|
|
|
string of information to be used by the DHCP service to classify clients. Takes a
|
|
|
|
whitespace-separated list of strings.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DUIDType=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Override the global <varname>DUIDType=</varname> setting for this network. See
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
|
|
|
for a description of possible values.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DUIDRawData=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Override the global <varname>DUIDRawData=</varname> setting for this network. See
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
|
|
|
for a description of possible values.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IAID=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The DHCP Identity Association Identifier (IAID) for the interface, a 32-bit unsigned
|
|
|
|
integer.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Anonymize=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the options sent to the DHCP server will follow the
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7844">RFC 7844</ulink> (Anonymity Profiles for
|
|
|
|
DHCP Clients) to minimize disclosure of identifying information. Defaults to false.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This option should only be set to true when <varname>MACAddressPolicy=</varname> is set
|
|
|
|
to <option>random</option> (see
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.link</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>When true, <varname>SendHostname=</varname>, <varname>ClientIdentifier=</varname>,
|
|
|
|
<varname>VendorClassIdentifier=</varname>, <varname>UserClass=</varname>,
|
|
|
|
<varname>RequestOptions=</varname>, <varname>SendOption=</varname>,
|
|
|
|
<varname>SendVendorOption=</varname>, and <varname>MUDURL=</varname> are ignored.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>With this option enabled DHCP requests will mimic those generated by Microsoft
|
|
|
|
Windows, in order to reduce the ability to fingerprint and recognize installations. This
|
|
|
|
means DHCP request sizes will grow and lease data will be more comprehensive than normally,
|
|
|
|
though most of the requested data is not actually used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RequestOptions=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Sets request options to be sent to the server in the DHCPv4 request options list. A
|
|
|
|
whitespace-separated list of integers in the range 1…254. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Send an arbitrary raw option in the DHCPv4 request. Takes a DHCP option number, data
|
|
|
|
type and data separated with a colon
|
|
|
|
(<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
|
|
|
|
The option number must be an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of
|
|
|
|
<literal>uint8</literal>, <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>ipv4address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
|
|
|
|
string may be escaped using
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
|
|
|
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
|
|
|
|
specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Send an arbitrary vendor option in the DHCPv4 request. Takes a DHCP option number, data
|
|
|
|
type and data separated with a colon
|
|
|
|
(<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
|
|
|
|
The option number must be an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of
|
|
|
|
<literal>uint8</literal>, <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>ipv4address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
|
|
|
|
string may be escaped using
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
|
|
|
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
|
|
|
|
then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IPServiceType=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes one of the special values <literal>none</literal>, <literal>CS6</literal>, or
|
|
|
|
<literal>CS4</literal>. When <literal>none</literal> no IP service type is set to the packet
|
|
|
|
sent from the DHCPv4 client. When <literal>CS6</literal> (network control) or
|
|
|
|
<literal>CS4</literal> (realtime), the corresponding service type will be set. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
<literal>CS6</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2023-01-01 13:59:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SocketPriority=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The Linux socket option <constant>SO_PRIORITY</constant> applied to the raw IP socket used for
|
|
|
|
initial DHCPv4 messages. Unset by default. Usual values range from 0 to 6.
|
|
|
|
More details about <constant>SO_PRIORITY</constant> socket option in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
Can be used in conjunction with [VLAN] section <varname>EgressQOSMaps=</varname> setting of .netdev
|
|
|
|
file to set the 802.1Q VLAN ethernet tagged header priority, see
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<!-- How to use the DHCP lease -->
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the label for the IPv4 address received from the DHCP server. The label must
|
|
|
|
be a 7-bit ASCII string with a length of 1…15 characters. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the DNS servers received from the DHCP server will be used.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This corresponds to the <option>nameserver</option> option in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RoutesToDNS=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true, the routes to the DNS servers received from the DHCP server will be
|
|
|
|
configured. When <varname>UseDNS=</varname> is disabled, this setting is ignored. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
true.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseNTP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the NTP servers received from the DHCP server will be used by
|
|
|
|
<filename>systemd-timesyncd.service</filename>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RoutesToNTP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true, the routes to the NTP servers received from the DHCP server will be
|
|
|
|
configured. When <varname>UseNTP=</varname> is disabled, this setting is ignored. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
true.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseSIP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the SIP servers received from the DHCP server will be collected
|
|
|
|
and made available to client programs.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2023-06-29 23:30:31 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the captive portal advertised by the DHCP server will be recorded
|
|
|
|
and made available to client programs and displayed in the networkctl status output per-link.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseMTU=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true, the interface maximum transmission unit from the DHCP server will be used on
|
|
|
|
the current link. If <varname>MTUBytes=</varname> is set, then this setting is ignored.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to false.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Note, some drivers will reset the interfaces if the MTU is changed. For such
|
|
|
|
interfaces, please try to use <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> with a short timespan,
|
|
|
|
e.g. <literal>3 seconds</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseHostname=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the hostname received from the DHCP server will be set as the
|
|
|
|
transient hostname of the system.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-08-23 10:12:28 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <option>route</option>. When true, the domain name
|
|
|
|
received from the DHCP server will be used as DNS search domain over this link, similarly to the
|
|
|
|
effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting. If set to <option>route</option>, the domain name
|
|
|
|
received from the DHCP server will be used for routing DNS queries only, but not for searching,
|
|
|
|
similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting when the argument is prefixed with
|
|
|
|
<literal>~</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>It is recommended to enable this option only on trusted networks, as setting this
|
|
|
|
affects resolution of all hostnames, in particular of single-label names. It is generally
|
|
|
|
safer to use the supplied domain only as routing domain, rather than as search domain, in
|
|
|
|
order to not have it affect local resolution of single-label names.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>When set to true, this setting corresponds to the <option>domain</option> option in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseRoutes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the static routes will be requested from the DHCP server and
|
|
|
|
added to the routing table with a metric of 1024, and a scope of <option>global</option>,
|
|
|
|
<option>link</option> or <option>host</option>, depending on the route's destination and
|
|
|
|
gateway. If the destination is on the local host, e.g., 127.x.x.x, or the same as the link's
|
|
|
|
own address, the scope will be set to <option>host</option>. Otherwise if the gateway is null
|
|
|
|
(a direct route), a <option>link</option> scope will be used. For anything else, scope
|
|
|
|
defaults to <option>global</option>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Set the routing metric for routes specified by the DHCP server (including the prefix
|
|
|
|
route added for the specified prefix). Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 1024.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouteTable=<replaceable>num</replaceable></varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-10-28 02:06:27 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The table identifier for DHCP routes. Takes one of predefined names
|
|
|
|
<literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>, and names
|
|
|
|
defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
|
|
|
or a number between 1…4294967295.</para>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>When used in combination with <varname>VRF=</varname>, the VRF's routing table is
|
|
|
|
used when this parameter is not specified.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouteMTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the MTU for the DHCP routes. Please see the [Route] section for further
|
|
|
|
details.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2023-01-16 05:31:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode is enabled for the routes configured by
|
|
|
|
the acquired DHCPv4 lease. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2023-07-10 09:48:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>InitialCongestionWindow=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>As in the [Route] section.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>As in the [Route] section.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseGateway=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true, the gateway will be requested from the DHCP server and added to the routing
|
|
|
|
table with a metric of 1024, and a scope of <option>link</option>. When unset, the value
|
|
|
|
specified with <varname>UseRoutes=</varname> is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseTimezone=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>When true, the timezone received from the DHCP server will be set as timezone
|
|
|
|
of the local system. Defaults to false.</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Use6RD=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true, subnets of the received IPv6 prefix are assigned to downstream interfaces
|
|
|
|
which enables <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname>. See also
|
|
|
|
<varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> in the [Network] section, the [DHCPPrefixDelegation]
|
|
|
|
section, and <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5969">RFC 5969</ulink>. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-01-16 12:44:52 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Allows one to set DHCPv4 lease lifetime when DHCPv4 server does not send the lease
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
lifetime. Takes one of <literal>forever</literal> or <literal>infinity</literal>. If
|
|
|
|
specified, the acquired address never expires. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<!-- How to communicate with the server -->
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RequestBroadcast=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Request the server to use broadcast messages before the IP address has been configured.
|
|
|
|
This is necessary for devices that cannot receive RAW packets, or that cannot receive packets
|
|
|
|
at all before an IP address has been configured. On the other hand, this must not be enabled
|
|
|
|
on networks where broadcasts are filtered out.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MaxAttempts=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies how many times the DHCPv4 client configuration should be attempted. Takes a
|
|
|
|
number or <literal>infinity</literal>. Defaults to <literal>infinity</literal>. Note that the
|
|
|
|
time between retries is increased exponentially, up to approximately one per minute, so the
|
|
|
|
network will not be overloaded even if this number is high. The default is suitable in most
|
|
|
|
circumstances.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ListenPort=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Set the port from which the DHCP client packets originate.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DenyList=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv4 addresses. Each address can optionally take a
|
|
|
|
prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. DHCP offers from servers in the list are rejected.
|
|
|
|
Note that if <varname>AllowList=</varname> is configured then <varname>DenyList=</varname> is
|
|
|
|
ignored.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>AllowList=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv4 addresses. Each address can optionally take a
|
|
|
|
prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. DHCP offers from servers in the list are accepted.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SendRelease=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true, the DHCPv4 client sends a DHCP release packet when it stops. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
true.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SendDecline=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A boolean. When true, <command>systemd-networkd</command> performs IPv4 Duplicate
|
|
|
|
Address Detection to the acquired address by the DHCPv4 client. If duplicate is detected,
|
|
|
|
the DHCPv4 client rejects the address by sending a <constant>DHCPDECLINE</constant> packet to
|
|
|
|
the DHCP server, and tries to obtain an IP address again. See
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5227">RFC 5227</ulink>. Defaults to false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
network: NetLabel integration
New directive `NetLabel=` provides a method for integrating static and dynamic
network configuration into Linux NetLabel subsystem rules, used by Linux
Security Modules (LSMs) for network access control. The label, with suitable
LSM rules, can be used to control connectivity of (for example) a service with
peers in the local network. At least with SELinux, only the ingress can be
controlled but not egress. The benefit of using this setting is that it may be
possible to apply interface independent part of NetLabel configuration at very
early stage of system boot sequence, at the time when the network interfaces
are not available yet, with netlabelctl(8), and the per-interface configuration
with systemd-networkd once the interfaces appear later. Currently this feature
is only implemented for SELinux.
The option expects a single NetLabel label. The label must conform to lexical
restrictions of LSM labels. When an interface is configured with IP addresses,
the addresses and subnetwork masks will be appended to the NetLabel Fallback
Peer Labeling rules. They will be removed when the interface is
deconfigured. Failures to manage the labels will be ignored.
Example:
```
[DHCPv4]
NetLabel=system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0
```
With the above rules for interface `eth0`, when the interface is configured with
an IPv4 address of 10.0.0.123/8, `systemd-networkd` performs the equivalent of
`netlabelctl` operation
```
$ sudo netlabelctl unlbl add interface eth0 address:10.0.0.0/8 label:system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0
```
Result:
```
$ sudo netlabelctl -p unlbl list
...
interface: eth0
address: 10.0.0.0/8
label: "system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0"
...
```
2022-08-20 17:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with DHCP, like
|
|
|
|
<varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
|
|
|
|
addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[DHCPv6] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>The [DHCPv6] section configures the DHCPv6 client, if it is enabled with the
|
|
|
|
<varname>DHCP=</varname> setting described above, or invoked by the IPv6 Router Advertisement:
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<!-- DHCP packet contents -->
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>IAID=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DUIDType=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DUIDRawData=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RequestOptions=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>As in the [DHCPv4] section.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>As in the [DHCPv4] section, however because DHCPv6 uses 16-bit fields to store option
|
|
|
|
numbers, the option number is an integer in the range 1…65536.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Send an arbitrary vendor option in the DHCPv6 request. Takes an enterprise identifier,
|
|
|
|
DHCP option number, data type, and data separated with a colon
|
|
|
|
(<literal><replaceable>enterprise identifier</replaceable>:<replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
|
|
|
|
Enterprise identifier is an unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967294. The option number
|
|
|
|
must be an integer in the range 1…254. Data type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>ipv6address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
|
|
|
|
string may be escaped using
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
|
|
|
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
|
|
|
|
specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UserClass=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A DHCPv6 client can use User Class option to identify the type or category of user or
|
|
|
|
applications it represents. The information contained in this option is a string that
|
|
|
|
represents the user class of which the client is a member. Each class sets an identifying
|
|
|
|
string of information to be used by the DHCP service to classify clients. Special characters
|
|
|
|
in the data string may be escaped using
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
|
|
|
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
|
|
|
|
specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Takes a whitespace-separated list
|
|
|
|
of strings. Note that currently <constant>NUL</constant> bytes are not allowed.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>VendorClass=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A DHCPv6 client can use VendorClass option to identify the vendor that manufactured the
|
|
|
|
hardware on which the client is running. The information contained in the data area of this
|
|
|
|
option is contained in one or more opaque fields that identify details of the hardware
|
|
|
|
configuration. Takes a whitespace-separated list of strings.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PrefixDelegationHint=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes an IPv6 address with prefix length in the same format as the
|
|
|
|
<varname>Address=</varname> in the [Network] section. The DHCPv6 client will include a prefix
|
|
|
|
hint in the DHCPv6 solicitation sent to the server. The prefix length must be in the range
|
|
|
|
1…128. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-07-22 04:11:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RapidCommit=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. The DHCPv6 client can obtain configuration parameters from a DHCPv6 server
|
|
|
|
through a rapid two-message exchange (solicit and reply). When the rapid commit option is set by
|
|
|
|
both the DHCPv6 client and the DHCPv6 server, the two-message exchange is used. Otherwise, the
|
|
|
|
four-message exchange (solicit, advertise, request, and reply) is used. The two-message exchange
|
|
|
|
provides faster client configuration. See
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315#section-17.2.1">RFC 3315</ulink> for details.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to true, and the two-message exchange will be used if the server support it.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<!-- How to use the DHCP lease -->
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the IP addresses provided by the DHCPv6 server will be
|
|
|
|
assigned.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2023-06-29 23:33:57 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the captive portal advertised by the DHCPv6 server will be recorded
|
|
|
|
and made available to client programs and displayed in the networkctl status output per-link.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseDelegatedPrefix=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the client will request the DHCPv6 server to delegate
|
|
|
|
prefixes. If the server provides prefixes to be delegated, then subnets of the prefixes are
|
2022-04-17 18:58:29 +00:00
|
|
|
assigned to the interfaces that have <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes</varname>.
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
See also the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting in the [Network] section,
|
|
|
|
settings in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section, and
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8415.html#section-6.3">RFC 8415</ulink>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseNTP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseHostname=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
|
network: NetLabel integration
New directive `NetLabel=` provides a method for integrating static and dynamic
network configuration into Linux NetLabel subsystem rules, used by Linux
Security Modules (LSMs) for network access control. The label, with suitable
LSM rules, can be used to control connectivity of (for example) a service with
peers in the local network. At least with SELinux, only the ingress can be
controlled but not egress. The benefit of using this setting is that it may be
possible to apply interface independent part of NetLabel configuration at very
early stage of system boot sequence, at the time when the network interfaces
are not available yet, with netlabelctl(8), and the per-interface configuration
with systemd-networkd once the interfaces appear later. Currently this feature
is only implemented for SELinux.
The option expects a single NetLabel label. The label must conform to lexical
restrictions of LSM labels. When an interface is configured with IP addresses,
the addresses and subnetwork masks will be appended to the NetLabel Fallback
Peer Labeling rules. They will be removed when the interface is
deconfigured. Failures to manage the labels will be ignored.
Example:
```
[DHCPv4]
NetLabel=system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0
```
With the above rules for interface `eth0`, when the interface is configured with
an IPv4 address of 10.0.0.123/8, `systemd-networkd` performs the equivalent of
`netlabelctl` operation
```
$ sudo netlabelctl unlbl add interface eth0 address:10.0.0.0/8 label:system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0
```
Result:
```
$ sudo netlabelctl -p unlbl list
...
interface: eth0
address: 10.0.0.0/8
label: "system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0"
...
```
2022-08-20 17:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
|
2023-01-07 20:11:28 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>SendRelease=</varname></term>
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>As in the [DHCPv4] section.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<!-- How to communicate with the server -->
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>WithoutRA=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-05-06 20:01:53 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Allows DHCPv6 client to start without router advertisements's
|
|
|
|
<literal>managed</literal> or <literal>other configuration</literal> flag. Takes one of
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal>, <literal>solicit</literal>, or
|
|
|
|
<literal>information-request</literal>. If this is not specified,
|
2021-12-23 07:49:42 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>solicit</literal> is used when <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled
|
|
|
|
and <varname>UplinkInterface=:self</varname> is specified in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation]
|
|
|
|
section. Otherwise, defaults to <literal>no</literal>, and the DHCPv6 client will be started
|
|
|
|
when an RA is received. See also the <varname>DHCPv6Client=</varname> setting in the
|
|
|
|
[IPv6AcceptRA] section.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2019-07-09 14:23:28 +00:00
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
2020-07-28 20:50:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
2021-12-04 22:29:05 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>[DHCPPrefixDelegation] Section Options</title>
|
2021-12-06 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section configures subnet prefixes of the delegated prefixes
|
man: fix issues reported by the manpage-l10n project
Fixes #25780.
> Man page: crypttab.5
> Issue 1: Missing fullstop
> Issue 2: I<cipher=>, I<hash=>, I<size=> → B<cipher=>, B<hash=>, B<size=>
>
> "Force LUKS mode\\&. When this mode is used, the following options are "
> "ignored since they are provided by the LUKS header on the device: "
> "I<cipher=>, I<hash=>, I<size=>"
Seems OK to me. The full stop is there and has been for at least a few years. And we use <option> for the markup, which is appropriate here.
> Man page: crypttab.5
> Issue 1: Missing fullstop
> Issue 2: I<cipher=>, I<hash=>, I<keyfile-offset=>, I<keyfile-size=>, I<size=> → B<cipher=>, B<hash=>, B<keyfile-offset=>, B<keyfile-size=>, B<size=>
>
> "Use TrueCrypt encryption mode\\&. When this mode is used, the following "
> "options are ignored since they are provided by the TrueCrypt header on the "
> "device or do not apply: I<cipher=>, I<hash=>, I<keyfile-offset=>, I<keyfile-"
> "size=>, I<size=>"
Same.
> Man page: journalctl.1
> Issue 1: make be → may be
Fixed.
> Issue 2: below\\&. → below:
Fixed.
> Man page: journalctl.1
> Issue: Colon at the end?
>
> "The following commands are understood\\&. If none is specified the default "
> "is to display journal records\\&."
> msgstr ""
> "Die folgenden Befehle werden verstanden\\&. Falls keiner festgelegt ist, ist "
> "die Anzeige von Journal-Datensätzen die Vorgabe\\&."
This is a bit awkward, but I'm not sure how to fix it.
> Man page: kernel-install.8
> Issue: methods a fallback → methods fallback
It was correct, but I added a comma to make the sense clearer.
> Man page: loader.conf.5
> Issue 1: secure boot variables → Secure Boot variables
> Issue 2: one → one for (multiple times)
>
> "Supported secure boot variables are one database for authorized images, one "
> "key exchange key (KEK) and one platform key (PK)\\&. For more information, "
> "refer to the \\m[blue]B<UEFI specification>\\m[]\\&\\s-2\\u[2]\\d\\s+2, "
> "under Secure Boot and Driver Signing\\&. Another resource that describe the "
> "interplay of the different variables is the \\m[blue]B<EDK2 "
> "documentation>\\m[]\\&\\s-2\\u[3]\\d\\s+2\\&."
"one of" would sound strange. "One this and one that" is OK.
> Man page: loader.conf.5
> Issue: systemd-boot → B<systemd-boot>(7)
Fixed.
> Man page: logind.conf.5
> Issue: systemd-logind → B<systemd-logind>(8)
We use <filename>systemd-logind</> on subsequent references… I think that's good enough.
> Man page: nss-myhostname.8
> Issue: B<getent> → B<getent>(1)
Fixed.
> Man page: nss-resolve.8
> Issue: B<systemd-resolved> → B<systemd-resolved>(8)
The first reference does this, subsequent are shorter.
> Man page: os-release.5
> Issue: Portable Services → Portable Services Documentation?
Updated.
> Man page: pam_systemd_home.8
> Issue: auth and account use "reason", while session and password do not?
Reworded.
> Man page: portablectl.1
> Issue: In systemd-portabled.service(8): Portable Services Documentation
Updated.
> Man page: repart.d.5
> Issue: The partition → the partition
Fixed.
> Man page: repart.d.5
> Issue: B<systemd-repart> → B<systemd-repart>(8)
The first reference does this. I also change this one, because it's pretty far down in the text.
> Man page: systemd.1
> Issue: kernel command line twice?
>
> "Takes a boolean argument\\&. If false disables importing credentials from "
> "the kernel command line, qemu_fw_cfg subsystem or the kernel command line\\&."
Apparently this was fixed already.
> Man page: systemd-boot.7
> Issue: enrollement → enrollment
Fixed.
> Man page: systemd-cryptenroll.1
> Issue: multiple cases: any specified → the specified
Reworded.
> Man page: systemd-cryptenroll.1
> Issue: If this this → If this
Fixed tree-wide.
> Man page: systemd-cryptsetup-generator.8
> Issue: and the initrd → and in the initrd
"Is honoured by the initrd" is OK, because we often speak about the initrd as a single unit. But in the same paragraph we also used "in the initrd", which makes the other use look sloppy. I changed it to "in the initrd" everywhere in that file.
> Man page: systemd.directives.7
> Issue: Why are these two quoted (but not others)?
>
> "B<\\*(Aqh\\*(Aq>"
>
> B<\\*(Aqs\\*(Aq>"
>
> "B<\\*(Aqy\\*(Aq>"
This is autogenerated from files… We use slightly different markup in different files, and it's just too hard to make it consistent. We gave up on this.
> Man page: systemd.exec.5
> Issue 1: B<at>(1p) → B<at>(1)
> Issue 2: B<crontab>(1p) → B<crontab>(1)
Fixed.
> Man page: systemd.exec.5
> Issue: B<select()> → B<select>(2)
Fixed.
> Man page: systemd.exec.5
> Issue: qemu → B<qemu>(1)
The man page doesn't seem to be in any of the canonical places on the web.
I added a link to online docs.
> Man page: systemd.exec.5
> Issue: variable → variables
Seems to be fixed already.
> Man page: systemd-integritysetup-generator.8
> Issue: systemd-integritysetup-generator → B<systemd-integritysetup-generator>
I changed <filename> to <command>.
> Man page: systemd-integritysetup-generator.8
> Issue: superfluous comma at the end
Already fixed.
> Man page: systemd-measure.1
> Issue: (see B<--pcr-bank=>) below → (see B<--pcr-bank=> below)
Reworded.
> Man page: systemd-measure.1
> Issue: =PATH> → =>I<PATH>
Fixed.
> Man page: systemd-measure.1.po
> Issue: B<--bank=DIGEST> → B<--bank=>I<DIGEST>
Fixed.
> Man page: systemd.netdev.5
> Issue: os the → on the
Appears to have been fixed already.
> Man page: systemd.netdev.5
> Issue: Onboard → On-board (as in previous string)
Updated.
> Man page: systemd.network.5
> Issue: B<systemd-networkd> -> B<systemd-networkd>(8)
First reference does this, subsequent do not.
> Man page: systemd.network.5
> Issue: B<netlabelctl> → B<netlabelctl>(8)
First reference does this, subsequent do not.
> Man page: systemd.network.5
> Issue: Missing verb (aquired? configured?) in the half sentence starting with "or by a "
I dropped the comma.
> Man page: systemd-nspawn.1
> Issue: All host users outside of that range → All other host users
Reworded.
> # FIXME no effect → no effect\\&.
> #. type: Plain text
> #: archlinux debian-unstable fedora-rawhide mageia-cauldron opensuse-tumbleweed
> msgid ""
> "Whichever ID mapping option is used, the same mapping will be used for users "
> "and groups IDs\\&. If B<rootidmap> is used, the group owning the bind "
> "mounted directory will have no effect"
A period is added. Not sure if there's some other issue.
> Man page: systemd-oomd.service.8
> Issue: B<systemd> → B<systemd>(1)
Done.
> Man page: systemd.path.5
> Issue 1: B<systemd.exec>(1) → B<systemd.exec>(5)
> Issue 2: This section does not (yet?) exist
Fixed.
> Man page: systemd-pcrphase.service.8
> Issue 1: indicate phases into TPM2 PCR 11 ??
> Issue 2: Colon at the end of the paragraph?
Fixed.
> Man page: systemd-pcrphase.service.8
> Issue: final boot phase → final shutdown phase?
Updated.
> Man page: systemd-pcrphase.service.8
> Issue: for the the → for the
Fixed tree-wide.
> Man page: systemd-portabled.service.8
> Issue: In systemd-portabled.service(8): Portable Services Documentation
Updated.
> Man page: systemd-pstore.service.8
> Issue: Here and the following paragraphs: . → \\&. // Upstream: What does this comment mean? // You normally write \\&. for a full dot (full stop etc.); here you write only "." (i.e. a plain dot).
>
> "and we look up \"localhost\", nss-dns will send the following queries to "
> "systemd-resolved listening on 127.0.0.53:53: first \"localhost.foobar.com\", "
> "then \"localhost.barbar.com\", and finally \"localhost\". If (hopefully) the "
> "first two queries fail, systemd-resolved will synthesize an answer for the "
> "third query."
Looks all OK to me.
> Man page: systemd.resource-control.5
> Issue: Missing closing bracket after link to Control Groups version 1
Fixed.
> Man page: systemd-sysext.8
> Issue: In systemd-portabled.service(8): Portable Services Documentation
Updated.
> Man page: systemd.timer.5
> Issue 1: B<systemd.exec>(1) → B<systemd.exec>(5)
> Issue 2: This section does not (yet?) exist
Fixed.
> Man page: systemd.unit.5
> Issue: that is → that are
Fixed.
> Man page: systemd-veritysetup-generator.8
> Issue: systemd-veritysetup-generator → B<systemd-veritysetup-generator>
>
> "systemd-veritysetup-generator implements B<systemd.generator>(7)\\&."
>
> "systemd-veritysetup-generator understands the following kernel command line "
> "parameters:"
Updated.
> Man page: systemd-volatile-root.service.8
> Issue: initrdyes → Initrd
Fixed.
> Man page: sysupdate.d.5
> Issue: : → \\&. (As above in TRANSFER)
Updated.
> Man page: sysupdate.d.5
> Issue: some → certain
Updated.
> Man page: sysupdate.d.5
> Issue 1: i\\&.e\\& → I\\&.e\\&
Fixed.
> Issue 2: the image → the system
"image" seems correct.
> Man page: tmpfiles.d.5
> Issue: systemd-tmpfiles → B<systemd-tmpfiles>(8)
Updated.
2023-01-11 15:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
acquired by a DHCPv6 client or by a DHCPv4 client through the 6RD option on another interface.
|
2021-12-06 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
The settings in this section are used only when the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname>
|
|
|
|
setting in the [Network] section is enabled.</para>
|
2020-07-28 20:50:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2021-10-13 09:00:52 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special values
|
|
|
|
<literal>:self</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When <literal>:self</literal>, the
|
2021-10-14 10:27:08 +00:00
|
|
|
interface itself is considered the uplink interface, and
|
|
|
|
<varname>WithoutRA=solicit</varname> is implied if the setting is not explicitly specified.
|
|
|
|
When <literal>:auto</literal>, the first link which acquired prefixes to be delegated from
|
2021-12-06 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
the DHCPv6 or DHCPv4 server is selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para>
|
2021-10-13 09:00:52 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-28 20:50:04 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SubnetId=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Configure a specific subnet ID on the interface from a (previously) received prefix
|
|
|
|
delegation. You can either set "auto" (the default) or a specific subnet ID (as defined in
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4291#section-2.5.4">RFC 4291</ulink>, section
|
|
|
|
2.5.4), in which case the allowed value is hexadecimal, from 0 to 0x7fffffffffffffff
|
2020-10-19 03:48:39 +00:00
|
|
|
inclusive.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Announce=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When enabled, and <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> in [Network] section
|
|
|
|
is enabled, the delegated prefixes are distributed through the IPv6 Router Advertisement.
|
2021-12-06 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
This setting will be ignored when the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting is
|
|
|
|
enabled on the upstream interface. Defaults to yes.</para>
|
2020-07-28 20:50:04 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Assign=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Specifies whether to add an address from the delegated prefixes which
|
2020-10-19 03:48:39 +00:00
|
|
|
are received from the WAN interface by the DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation. When true (on LAN
|
2022-12-02 04:26:33 +00:00
|
|
|
interface), the EUI-64 algorithm will be used by default to form an interface identifier from
|
2020-10-19 03:48:39 +00:00
|
|
|
the delegated prefixes. See also <varname>Token=</varname> setting below. Defaults to yes.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2020-07-28 20:50:04 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-10-19 03:48:39 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for assigning an address in each
|
2021-09-24 19:10:34 +00:00
|
|
|
delegated prefix. This accepts the same syntax as <varname>Token=</varname> in the
|
|
|
|
[IPv6AcceptRA] section. If <varname>Assign=</varname> is set to false, then this setting will
|
|
|
|
be ignored. Defaults to unset, which means the EUI-64 algorithm will be used.</para>
|
2020-07-28 20:50:04 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-01-12 21:34:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ManageTemporaryAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>As in the [Address] section, but defaults to true.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-04-17 17:32:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The metric of the route to the delegated prefix subnet. Takes an unsigned integer in
|
2021-10-14 20:57:30 +00:00
|
|
|
the range 0…4294967295. When set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. Defaults to 256.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2021-04-17 17:32:51 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
network: NetLabel integration
New directive `NetLabel=` provides a method for integrating static and dynamic
network configuration into Linux NetLabel subsystem rules, used by Linux
Security Modules (LSMs) for network access control. The label, with suitable
LSM rules, can be used to control connectivity of (for example) a service with
peers in the local network. At least with SELinux, only the ingress can be
controlled but not egress. The benefit of using this setting is that it may be
possible to apply interface independent part of NetLabel configuration at very
early stage of system boot sequence, at the time when the network interfaces
are not available yet, with netlabelctl(8), and the per-interface configuration
with systemd-networkd once the interfaces appear later. Currently this feature
is only implemented for SELinux.
The option expects a single NetLabel label. The label must conform to lexical
restrictions of LSM labels. When an interface is configured with IP addresses,
the addresses and subnetwork masks will be appended to the NetLabel Fallback
Peer Labeling rules. They will be removed when the interface is
deconfigured. Failures to manage the labels will be ignored.
Example:
```
[DHCPv4]
NetLabel=system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0
```
With the above rules for interface `eth0`, when the interface is configured with
an IPv4 address of 10.0.0.123/8, `systemd-networkd` performs the equivalent of
`netlabelctl` operation
```
$ sudo netlabelctl unlbl add interface eth0 address:10.0.0.0/8 label:system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0
```
Result:
```
$ sudo netlabelctl -p unlbl list
...
interface: eth0
address: 10.0.0.0/8
label: "system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0"
...
```
2022-08-20 17:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with DHCP, like
|
|
|
|
<varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
|
|
|
|
addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-07-28 20:50:04 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
2016-03-30 23:33:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
network: beef up ipv6 RA support considerably
This reworks sd-ndisc and networkd substantially to support IPv6 RA much more
comprehensively. Since the API is extended quite a bit networkd has been ported
over too, and the patch is not as straight-forward as one could wish. The
rework includes:
- Support for DNSSL, RDNSS and RA routing options in sd-ndisc and networkd. Two
new configuration options have been added to networkd to make this
configurable.
- sd-ndisc now exposes an sd_ndisc_router object that encapsulates a full RA
message, and has direct, friendly acessor functions for the singleton RA
properties, as well as an iterative interface to iterate through known and
unsupported options. The router object may either be retrieved from the wire,
or generated from raw data. In many ways the sd-ndisc API now matches the
sd-lldp API, except that no implicit database of seen data is kept. (Note
that sd-ndisc actually had a half-written, but unused implementaiton of such
a store, which is removed now.)
- sd-ndisc will now collect the reception timestamps of RA, which is useful to
make sd_ndisc_router fully descriptive of what it covers.
Fixes: #1079
2016-06-02 18:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
2016-06-07 09:19:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>[IPv6AcceptRA] Section Options</title>
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [IPv6AcceptRA] section configures the IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) client, if it is enabled
|
|
|
|
with the <varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname> setting described above:</para>
|
network: beef up ipv6 RA support considerably
This reworks sd-ndisc and networkd substantially to support IPv6 RA much more
comprehensively. Since the API is extended quite a bit networkd has been ported
over too, and the patch is not as straight-forward as one could wish. The
rework includes:
- Support for DNSSL, RDNSS and RA routing options in sd-ndisc and networkd. Two
new configuration options have been added to networkd to make this
configurable.
- sd-ndisc now exposes an sd_ndisc_router object that encapsulates a full RA
message, and has direct, friendly acessor functions for the singleton RA
properties, as well as an iterative interface to iterate through known and
unsupported options. The router object may either be retrieved from the wire,
or generated from raw data. In many ways the sd-ndisc API now matches the
sd-lldp API, except that no implicit database of seen data is kept. (Note
that sd-ndisc actually had a half-written, but unused implementaiton of such
a store, which is removed now.)
- sd-ndisc will now collect the reception timestamps of RA, which is useful to
make sd_ndisc_router fully descriptive of what it covers.
Fixes: #1079
2016-06-02 18:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for the Stateless Address
|
|
|
|
Autoconfiguration (SLAAC). The following values are supported:</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>eui64</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2021-12-06 00:33:14 +00:00
|
|
|
The EUI-64 algorithm will be used to generate an address for that prefix. Only
|
|
|
|
supported by Ethernet or InfiniBand interfaces.
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>static:<replaceable>ADDRESS</replaceable></option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
An IPv6 address must be specified after a colon (<literal>:</literal>), and the
|
|
|
|
lower bits of the supplied address are combined with the upper bits of a prefix
|
|
|
|
received in a Router Advertisement (RA) message to form a complete address. Note
|
|
|
|
that if multiple prefixes are received in an RA message, or in multiple RA messages,
|
|
|
|
addresses will be formed from each of them using the supplied address. This mode
|
|
|
|
implements SLAAC but uses a static interface identifier instead of an identifier
|
|
|
|
generated by using the EUI-64 algorithm. Because the interface identifier is static,
|
|
|
|
if Duplicate Address Detection detects that the computed address is a duplicate
|
|
|
|
(in use by another node on the link), then this mode will fail to provide an address
|
|
|
|
for that prefix. If an IPv6 address without mode is specified, then
|
|
|
|
<literal>static</literal> mode is assumed.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2021-11-13 04:13:48 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><option>prefixstable[:<replaceable>ADDRESS</replaceable>][,<replaceable>UUID</replaceable>]</option></term>
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The algorithm specified in
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7217">RFC 7217</ulink> will be used to
|
|
|
|
generate interface identifiers. This mode can optionally take an IPv6 address
|
|
|
|
separated with a colon (<literal>:</literal>). If an IPv6 address is specified,
|
|
|
|
then an interface identifier is generated only when a prefix received in an RA
|
|
|
|
message matches the supplied address.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2021-11-13 04:13:48 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This mode can also optionally take a non-null UUID in the format which
|
|
|
|
<function>sd_id128_from_string()</function> accepts, e.g.
|
|
|
|
<literal>86b123b969ba4b7eb8b3d8605123525a</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>86b123b9-69ba-4b7e-b8b3-d8605123525a</literal>. If a UUID is specified, the
|
|
|
|
value is used as the secret key to generate interface identifiers. If not specified,
|
|
|
|
then an application specific ID generated with the system's machine-ID will be used
|
|
|
|
as the secret key. See
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd-id128</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_id128_from_string</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
|
|
|
and
|
2022-02-22 21:54:23 +00:00
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_id128_get_machine</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
2021-11-13 04:13:48 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that the <literal>prefixstable</literal> algorithm uses both the interface
|
|
|
|
name and MAC address as input to the hash to compute the interface identifier, so
|
|
|
|
if either of those are changed the resulting interface identifier (and address)
|
|
|
|
will be changed, even if the prefix received in the RA message has not been
|
|
|
|
changed.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>If no address generation mode is specified (which is the default), or a received
|
|
|
|
prefix does not match any of the addresses provided in <literal>prefixstable</literal>
|
2021-12-06 00:33:14 +00:00
|
|
|
mode, then the EUI-64 algorithm will be used for Ethernet or InfiniBand interfaces,
|
|
|
|
otherwise <literal>prefixstable</literal> will be used to form an interface identifier for
|
|
|
|
that prefix.</para>
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then
|
|
|
|
the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Examples:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>Token=eui64
|
2021-09-24 19:04:09 +00:00
|
|
|
Token=::1a:2b:3c:4d
|
2021-09-24 19:52:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Token=static:::1a:2b:3c:4d
|
|
|
|
Token=prefixstable
|
|
|
|
Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para>
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
network: beef up ipv6 RA support considerably
This reworks sd-ndisc and networkd substantially to support IPv6 RA much more
comprehensively. Since the API is extended quite a bit networkd has been ported
over too, and the patch is not as straight-forward as one could wish. The
rework includes:
- Support for DNSSL, RDNSS and RA routing options in sd-ndisc and networkd. Two
new configuration options have been added to networkd to make this
configurable.
- sd-ndisc now exposes an sd_ndisc_router object that encapsulates a full RA
message, and has direct, friendly acessor functions for the singleton RA
properties, as well as an iterative interface to iterate through known and
unsupported options. The router object may either be retrieved from the wire,
or generated from raw data. In many ways the sd-ndisc API now matches the
sd-lldp API, except that no implicit database of seen data is kept. (Note
that sd-ndisc actually had a half-written, but unused implementaiton of such
a store, which is removed now.)
- sd-ndisc will now collect the reception timestamps of RA, which is useful to
make sd_ndisc_router fully descriptive of what it covers.
Fixes: #1079
2016-06-02 18:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the DNS servers received in the Router Advertisement will be used.</para>
|
network: beef up ipv6 RA support considerably
This reworks sd-ndisc and networkd substantially to support IPv6 RA much more
comprehensively. Since the API is extended quite a bit networkd has been ported
over too, and the patch is not as straight-forward as one could wish. The
rework includes:
- Support for DNSSL, RDNSS and RA routing options in sd-ndisc and networkd. Two
new configuration options have been added to networkd to make this
configurable.
- sd-ndisc now exposes an sd_ndisc_router object that encapsulates a full RA
message, and has direct, friendly acessor functions for the singleton RA
properties, as well as an iterative interface to iterate through known and
unsupported options. The router object may either be retrieved from the wire,
or generated from raw data. In many ways the sd-ndisc API now matches the
sd-lldp API, except that no implicit database of seen data is kept. (Note
that sd-ndisc actually had a half-written, but unused implementaiton of such
a store, which is removed now.)
- sd-ndisc will now collect the reception timestamps of RA, which is useful to
make sd_ndisc_router fully descriptive of what it covers.
Fixes: #1079
2016-06-02 18:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>This corresponds to the <option>nameserver</option> option in <citerefentry
|
|
|
|
project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
network: beef up ipv6 RA support considerably
This reworks sd-ndisc and networkd substantially to support IPv6 RA much more
comprehensively. Since the API is extended quite a bit networkd has been ported
over too, and the patch is not as straight-forward as one could wish. The
rework includes:
- Support for DNSSL, RDNSS and RA routing options in sd-ndisc and networkd. Two
new configuration options have been added to networkd to make this
configurable.
- sd-ndisc now exposes an sd_ndisc_router object that encapsulates a full RA
message, and has direct, friendly acessor functions for the singleton RA
properties, as well as an iterative interface to iterate through known and
unsupported options. The router object may either be retrieved from the wire,
or generated from raw data. In many ways the sd-ndisc API now matches the
sd-lldp API, except that no implicit database of seen data is kept. (Note
that sd-ndisc actually had a half-written, but unused implementaiton of such
a store, which is removed now.)
- sd-ndisc will now collect the reception timestamps of RA, which is useful to
make sd_ndisc_router fully descriptive of what it covers.
Fixes: #1079
2016-06-02 18:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <literal>route</literal>. When true, the domain name
|
2022-08-23 10:12:28 +00:00
|
|
|
received via IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) will be used as DNS search domain over this link,
|
|
|
|
similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting. If set to
|
|
|
|
<literal>route</literal>, the domain name received via IPv6 RA will be used for routing DNS queries
|
|
|
|
only, but not for searching, similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting when
|
|
|
|
the argument is prefixed with <literal>~</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>It is recommended to enable this option only on trusted networks, as setting this affects resolution
|
|
|
|
of all hostnames, in particular of single-label names. It is generally safer to use the supplied domain
|
|
|
|
only as routing domain, rather than as search domain, in order to not have it affect local resolution of
|
|
|
|
single-label names.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>When set to true, this setting corresponds to the <option>domain</option> option in <citerefentry
|
|
|
|
project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2016-09-19 02:59:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouteTable=<replaceable>num</replaceable></varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-10-28 02:06:27 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The table identifier for the routes received in the Router Advertisement. Takes one of
|
|
|
|
predefined names <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>,
|
|
|
|
and names defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
|
|
|
or a number between 1…4294967295.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>When used in combination with <varname>VRF=</varname>, the VRF's routing table is
|
|
|
|
used when this parameter is not specified.</para>
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-02-14 15:35:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-10-28 03:55:59 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Set the routing metric for the routes received in the Router Advertisement. Takes an unsigned
|
|
|
|
integer in the range 0…4294967295, or three unsigned integer separated with <literal>:</literal>,
|
|
|
|
in that case the first one is used when the router preference is high, the second is for medium
|
|
|
|
preference, and the last is for low preference
|
|
|
|
(<literal><replaceable>high</replaceable>:<replaceable>medium</replaceable>:<replaceable>low</replaceable></literal>).
|
|
|
|
Defaults to <literal>512:1024:2048</literal>.</para>
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-04-17 17:31:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2023-01-16 05:31:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode is enabled for the routes configured by
|
|
|
|
the received RAs. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseMTU=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the MTU received in the Router Advertisement will be
|
|
|
|
used. Defaults to true.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-08-20 00:41:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2023-07-18 14:42:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseHopLimit=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the hop limit received in the Router Advertisement will be set to routes
|
|
|
|
configured based on the advertisement. See also <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>. Defaults to true.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseGateway=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the router address will be configured as the default gateway.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-11-08 21:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseRoutePrefix=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the routes corresponding to the route prefixes received in
|
|
|
|
the Router Advertisement will be configured.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-11-08 21:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2023-06-29 23:58:03 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the captive portal received in the Router Advertisement will be recorded
|
|
|
|
and made available to client programs and displayed in the networkctl status output per-link.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseAutonomousPrefix=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the autonomous prefix received in the Router Advertisement will be used and take
|
|
|
|
precedence over any statically configured ones.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-02-14 15:35:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseOnLinkPrefix=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>When true (the default), the onlink prefix received in the Router Advertisement will be
|
|
|
|
used and takes precedence over any statically configured ones.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-02-14 15:35:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouterDenyList=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 router addresses. Each address can optionally
|
|
|
|
take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. Any information advertised by the listed
|
|
|
|
router is ignored.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-12-24 05:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouterAllowList=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 router addresses. Each address can optionally
|
|
|
|
take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. Only information advertised by the listed
|
|
|
|
router is accepted. Note that if <varname>RouterAllowList=</varname> is configured then
|
|
|
|
<varname>RouterDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-12-24 05:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PrefixDenyList=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take its
|
|
|
|
prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 prefixes supplied via router advertisements
|
|
|
|
in the list are ignored.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-12-14 06:23:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PrefixAllowList=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take its
|
|
|
|
prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 prefixes supplied via router advertisements
|
|
|
|
in the list are allowed. Note that if <varname>PrefixAllowList=</varname> is configured
|
|
|
|
then <varname>PrefixDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-12-18 19:28:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouteDenyList=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 route prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take
|
|
|
|
its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 route prefixes supplied via router
|
|
|
|
advertisements in the list are ignored.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-05-17 16:21:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouteAllowList=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 route prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take
|
|
|
|
its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 route prefixes supplied via router
|
|
|
|
advertisements in the list are allowed. Note that if <varname>RouteAllowList=</varname> is
|
|
|
|
configured then <varname>RouteDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-12-18 19:28:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DHCPv6Client=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <literal>always</literal>. When true, the
|
2022-05-06 20:01:53 +00:00
|
|
|
DHCPv6 client will be started in <literal>solicit</literal> mode if the RA has the
|
|
|
|
<literal>managed</literal> flag or <literal>information-request</literal> mode if the RA
|
|
|
|
lacks the <literal>managed</literal> flag but has the
|
|
|
|
<literal>other configuration</literal> flag. If set to <literal>always</literal>, the
|
|
|
|
DHCPv6 client will be started in <literal>solicit</literal> mode when an RA is received,
|
|
|
|
even if neither the <literal>managed</literal> nor the
|
|
|
|
<literal>other configuration</literal> flag is set in the RA. This will be ignored when
|
|
|
|
<varname>WithoutRA=</varname> in the [DHCPv6] section is enabled, or
|
2021-12-04 22:29:05 +00:00
|
|
|
<varname>UplinkInterface=:self</varname> in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section is
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
specified. Defaults to true.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
network: NetLabel integration
New directive `NetLabel=` provides a method for integrating static and dynamic
network configuration into Linux NetLabel subsystem rules, used by Linux
Security Modules (LSMs) for network access control. The label, with suitable
LSM rules, can be used to control connectivity of (for example) a service with
peers in the local network. At least with SELinux, only the ingress can be
controlled but not egress. The benefit of using this setting is that it may be
possible to apply interface independent part of NetLabel configuration at very
early stage of system boot sequence, at the time when the network interfaces
are not available yet, with netlabelctl(8), and the per-interface configuration
with systemd-networkd once the interfaces appear later. Currently this feature
is only implemented for SELinux.
The option expects a single NetLabel label. The label must conform to lexical
restrictions of LSM labels. When an interface is configured with IP addresses,
the addresses and subnetwork masks will be appended to the NetLabel Fallback
Peer Labeling rules. They will be removed when the interface is
deconfigured. Failures to manage the labels will be ignored.
Example:
```
[DHCPv4]
NetLabel=system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0
```
With the above rules for interface `eth0`, when the interface is configured with
an IPv4 address of 10.0.0.123/8, `systemd-networkd` performs the equivalent of
`netlabelctl` operation
```
$ sudo netlabelctl unlbl add interface eth0 address:10.0.0.0/8 label:system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0
```
Result:
```
$ sudo netlabelctl -p unlbl list
...
interface: eth0
address: 10.0.0.0/8
label: "system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0"
...
```
2022-08-20 17:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with RA, like
|
|
|
|
<varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
|
|
|
|
addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-11-13 06:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
network: beef up ipv6 RA support considerably
This reworks sd-ndisc and networkd substantially to support IPv6 RA much more
comprehensively. Since the API is extended quite a bit networkd has been ported
over too, and the patch is not as straight-forward as one could wish. The
rework includes:
- Support for DNSSL, RDNSS and RA routing options in sd-ndisc and networkd. Two
new configuration options have been added to networkd to make this
configurable.
- sd-ndisc now exposes an sd_ndisc_router object that encapsulates a full RA
message, and has direct, friendly acessor functions for the singleton RA
properties, as well as an iterative interface to iterate through known and
unsupported options. The router object may either be retrieved from the wire,
or generated from raw data. In many ways the sd-ndisc API now matches the
sd-lldp API, except that no implicit database of seen data is kept. (Note
that sd-ndisc actually had a half-written, but unused implementaiton of such
a store, which is removed now.)
- sd-ndisc will now collect the reception timestamps of RA, which is useful to
make sd_ndisc_router fully descriptive of what it covers.
Fixes: #1079
2016-06-02 18:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-27 15:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[DHCPServer] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [DHCPServer] section contains settings for the DHCP server, if enabled via the
|
2015-08-27 15:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<varname>DHCPServer=</varname> option described above:</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-05-14 11:27:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ServerAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Specifies server address for the DHCP server. Takes an IPv4 address with prefix
|
2022-07-13 21:56:50 +00:00
|
|
|
length, for example 192.168.0.1/24. This setting may be useful when the link on
|
2021-07-27 07:37:29 +00:00
|
|
|
which the DHCP server is running has multiple static addresses. When unset, one of static addresses
|
|
|
|
in the link will be automatically selected. Defaults to unset.</para></listitem>
|
2021-05-14 11:27:33 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-28 22:18:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PoolOffset=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PoolSize=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Configures the pool of addresses to hand out. The pool
|
|
|
|
is a contiguous sequence of IP addresses in the subnet configured for
|
|
|
|
the server address, which does not include the subnet nor the broadcast
|
|
|
|
address. <varname>PoolOffset=</varname> takes the offset of the pool
|
|
|
|
from the start of subnet, or zero to use the default value.
|
|
|
|
<varname>PoolSize=</varname> takes the number of IP addresses in the
|
2014-08-03 05:11:12 +00:00
|
|
|
pool or zero to use the default value. By default, the pool starts at
|
2015-08-28 22:18:20 +00:00
|
|
|
the first address after the subnet address and takes up the rest of
|
|
|
|
the subnet, excluding the broadcast address. If the pool includes
|
|
|
|
the server address (the default), this is reserved and not handed
|
|
|
|
out to clients.</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-27 15:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DefaultLeaseTimeSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MaxLeaseTimeSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Control the default and maximum DHCP lease
|
|
|
|
time to pass to clients. These settings take time values in seconds or
|
|
|
|
another common time unit, depending on the suffix. The default
|
|
|
|
lease time is used for clients that did not ask for a specific
|
|
|
|
lease time. If a client asks for a lease time longer than the
|
2014-08-03 05:11:12 +00:00
|
|
|
maximum lease time, it is automatically shortened to the
|
2015-08-27 15:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
specified time. The default lease time defaults to 1h, the
|
|
|
|
maximum lease time to 12h. Shorter lease times are beneficial
|
|
|
|
if the configuration data in DHCP leases changes frequently
|
|
|
|
and clients shall learn the new settings with shorter
|
|
|
|
latencies. Longer lease times reduce the generated DHCP
|
|
|
|
network traffic.</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-05-17 18:42:19 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
|
2021-07-13 12:27:51 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special
|
|
|
|
values <literal>:none</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When emitting DNS, NTP, or SIP
|
|
|
|
servers is enabled but no servers are specified, the servers configured in the uplink interface
|
|
|
|
will be emitted. When <literal>:auto</literal>, the link which has a default gateway with the
|
|
|
|
highest priority will be automatically selected. When <literal>:none</literal>, no uplink
|
|
|
|
interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para></listitem>
|
2021-05-17 18:42:19 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-27 15:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitDNS=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-16 18:35:18 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para><varname>EmitDNS=</varname> takes a boolean. Configures whether the DHCP leases
|
2022-02-01 07:20:33 +00:00
|
|
|
handed out to clients shall contain DNS server information. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.
|
|
|
|
The DNS servers to pass to clients may be configured with the <varname>DNS=</varname> option,
|
|
|
|
which takes a list of IPv4 addresses, or special value <literal>_server_address</literal> which
|
2022-02-01 22:20:25 +00:00
|
|
|
will be converted to the address used by the DHCP server.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>If the <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> option is enabled but no servers configured, the
|
|
|
|
servers are automatically propagated from an "uplink" interface that has appropriate servers
|
|
|
|
set. The "uplink" interface is determined by the default route of the system with the highest
|
|
|
|
priority. Note that this information is acquired at the time the lease is handed out, and does
|
|
|
|
not take uplink interfaces into account that acquire DNS server information at a later point.
|
|
|
|
If no suitable uplink interface is found the DNS server data from
|
|
|
|
<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> is used. Also, note that the leases are not refreshed if
|
|
|
|
the uplink network configuration changes. To ensure clients regularly acquire the most current
|
|
|
|
uplink DNS server information, it is thus advisable to shorten the DHCP lease time via
|
|
|
|
<varname>MaxLeaseTimeSec=</varname> described above.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all
|
|
|
|
DNS servers specified earlier are cleared.</para></listitem>
|
2015-08-27 15:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitNTP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>NTP=</varname></term>
|
2019-09-18 13:22:47 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitSIP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SIP=</varname></term>
|
2020-06-16 18:35:18 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitPOP3=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>POP3=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitSMTP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SMTP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitLPR=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>LPR=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Similar to the <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> and <varname>DNS=</varname> settings
|
|
|
|
described above, these settings configure whether and what server information for the indicate
|
|
|
|
protocol shall be emitted as part of the DHCP lease. The same syntax, propagation semantics and
|
|
|
|
defaults apply as for <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> and <varname>DNS=</varname>.</para></listitem>
|
2020-03-27 20:12:07 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-17 23:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitRouter=</varname></term>
|
2021-11-02 03:58:50 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>Router=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>The <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting takes a boolean value, and configures
|
|
|
|
whether the DHCP lease should contain the router option. The <varname>Router=</varname> setting
|
|
|
|
takes an IPv4 address, and configures the router address to be emitted. When the
|
|
|
|
<varname>Router=</varname> setting is not specified, then the server address will be used for
|
|
|
|
the router option. When the <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting is disabled, the
|
|
|
|
<varname>Router=</varname> setting will be ignored. The <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting
|
|
|
|
defaults to true, and the <varname>Router=</varname> setting defaults to unset.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
2016-05-17 23:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-27 15:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitTimezone=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Timezone=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-27 06:07:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether the DHCP leases handed out
|
|
|
|
to clients shall contain timezone information. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. The
|
2015-08-27 15:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<varname>Timezone=</varname> setting takes a timezone string
|
|
|
|
(such as <literal>Europe/Berlin</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>UTC</literal>) to pass to clients. If no explicit
|
2014-08-03 05:11:12 +00:00
|
|
|
timezone is set, the system timezone of the local host is
|
2015-08-27 15:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
propagated, as determined by the
|
|
|
|
<filename>/etc/localtime</filename> symlink.</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-02-24 17:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2022-03-07 10:57:09 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>BootServerAddress=</varname></term>
|
2022-02-24 17:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-03-22 07:44:44 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes an IPv4 address of the boot server used by e.g. PXE boot systems. When specified, this
|
|
|
|
address is sent in the <option>siaddr</option> field of the DHCP message header. See <ulink
|
|
|
|
url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2131.html">RFC 2131</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset.</para>
|
2022-02-24 17:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2022-03-07 10:57:09 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>BootServerName=</varname></term>
|
2022-02-24 17:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-03-22 07:44:44 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a name of the boot server used by e.g. PXE boot systems. When specified, this name is
|
|
|
|
sent in the DHCP option 66 ("TFTP server name"). See <ulink
|
|
|
|
url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2132.html">RFC 2132</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Note that typically setting one of <varname>BootServerName=</varname> or
|
|
|
|
<varname>BootServerAddress=</varname> is sufficient, but both can be set too, if desired.</para>
|
2022-03-07 10:57:09 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>BootFilename=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2022-03-22 07:44:44 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a path or URL to a file loaded by e.g. a PXE boot loader. When specified, this path is
|
|
|
|
sent in the DHCP option 67 ("Bootfile name"). See <ulink
|
|
|
|
url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2132.html">RFC 2132</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset.</para>
|
2022-02-24 17:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-20 02:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2019-11-18 08:33:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Send a raw option with value via DHCPv4 server. Takes a DHCP option number, data type
|
|
|
|
and data (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
|
2021-01-28 19:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The option number is an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
|
2020-05-01 14:30:31 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>, <literal>ipv6address</literal>, or
|
2020-02-28 18:28:49 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data string may be escaped using
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
|
|
|
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
|
|
|
|
then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Send a vendor option with value via DHCPv4 server. Takes a DHCP option number, data type
|
|
|
|
and data (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
|
2021-01-28 19:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The option number is an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
|
2019-11-18 08:33:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>, or
|
|
|
|
<literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data string may be escaped using
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
|
|
|
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
|
|
|
|
then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2019-09-20 02:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-03-09 11:57:37 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>BindToInterface=</varname></term>
|
2021-04-21 03:51:07 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean value. When <literal>yes</literal>, DHCP server socket will be bound
|
|
|
|
to its network interface and all socket communication will be restricted to this interface.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>, except if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is used (see below),
|
2021-11-11 09:01:19 +00:00
|
|
|
in which case it defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
2021-04-21 03:51:07 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RelayTarget=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes an IPv4 address, which must be in the format described in
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
Turns this DHCP server into a DHCP relay agent. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1542">RFC 1542</ulink>.
|
|
|
|
The address is the address of DHCP server or another relay agent to forward DHCP messages to and from.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RelayAgentCircuitId=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies value for Agent Circuit ID suboption of Relay Agent Information option.
|
|
|
|
Takes a string, which must be in the format <literal>string:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>,
|
|
|
|
where <literal><replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> should be replaced with the value of the suboption.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to unset (means no Agent Circuit ID suboption is generated).
|
|
|
|
Ignored if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is not specified.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RelayAgentRemoteId=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies value for Agent Remote ID suboption of Relay Agent Information option.
|
|
|
|
Takes a string, which must be in the format <literal>string:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>,
|
|
|
|
where <literal><replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> should be replaced with the value of the suboption.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to unset (means no Agent Remote ID suboption is generated).
|
|
|
|
Ignored if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is not specified.</para>
|
2021-03-09 11:57:37 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-09-20 02:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-08-27 15:32:30 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-10-20 19:46:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[DHCPServerStaticLease] Section Options</title>
|
2021-07-27 07:37:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The <literal>[DHCPServerStaticLease]</literal> section configures a static DHCP lease to assign a
|
|
|
|
fixed IPv4 address to a specific device based on its MAC address. This section can be specified multiple
|
|
|
|
times.</para>
|
2020-10-20 19:46:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-07-27 07:37:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>The hardware address of a device to match. This key is mandatory.</para></listitem>
|
2020-10-20 19:46:15 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-07-27 07:37:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>The IPv4 address that should be assigned to the device that was matched with
|
|
|
|
<varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This key is mandatory.</para></listitem>
|
2020-10-20 19:46:15 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
2020-10-19 03:48:39 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>[IPv6SendRA] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
<para>The [IPv6SendRA] section contains settings for sending IPv6 Router Advertisements and whether
|
|
|
|
to act as a router, if enabled via the <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> option described above. IPv6
|
|
|
|
network prefixes or routes are defined with one or more [IPv6Prefix] or [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Managed=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>OtherInformation=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-27 06:07:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether a DHCPv6 server is used to acquire IPv6
|
|
|
|
addresses on the network link when <varname>Managed=</varname>
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
is set to <literal>true</literal> or if only additional network
|
|
|
|
information can be obtained via DHCPv6 for the network link when
|
2018-11-27 06:07:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<varname>OtherInformation=</varname> is set to
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>true</literal>. Both settings default to
|
|
|
|
<literal>false</literal>, which means that a DHCPv6 server is not being
|
|
|
|
used.</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-10-28 13:47:53 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Configures the IPv6 router lifetime in seconds. The value must be 0
|
|
|
|
seconds, or between 4 seconds and 9000 seconds. When set to 0, the host is not acting as a router.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to 1800 seconds (30 minutes).</para>
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouterPreference=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Configures IPv6 router preference if
|
|
|
|
<varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname> is non-zero. Valid values are
|
|
|
|
<literal>high</literal>, <literal>medium</literal> and
|
|
|
|
<literal>low</literal>, with <literal>normal</literal> and
|
|
|
|
<literal>default</literal> added as synonyms for
|
|
|
|
<literal>medium</literal> just to make configuration easier. See
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink>
|
|
|
|
for details. Defaults to <literal>medium</literal>.</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 18:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special
|
|
|
|
values <literal>:none</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When emitting DNS servers or
|
|
|
|
search domains is enabled but no servers are specified, the servers configured in the uplink
|
2021-12-01 05:37:26 +00:00
|
|
|
interface will be emitted. When <literal>:auto</literal>, the value specified to the same
|
2021-12-04 22:29:05 +00:00
|
|
|
setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section will be used if
|
|
|
|
<varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled, otherwise the link which has a default
|
2021-12-01 05:37:26 +00:00
|
|
|
gateway with the highest priority will be automatically selected. When <literal>:none</literal>,
|
|
|
|
no uplink interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para></listitem>
|
2021-06-15 18:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2017-09-29 17:48:07 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitDNS=</varname></term>
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-15 18:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para><varname>DNS=</varname> specifies a list of recursive DNS server IPv6 addresses
|
|
|
|
that are distributed via Router Advertisement messages when <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> is true.
|
|
|
|
<varname>DNS=</varname> also takes special value <literal>_link_local</literal>; in that case
|
2022-03-31 05:31:28 +00:00
|
|
|
the IPv6 link-local address is distributed. If <varname>DNS=</varname> is empty, DNS servers are
|
2021-06-15 18:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
read from the [Network] section. If the [Network] section does not contain any DNS servers
|
|
|
|
either, DNS servers from the uplink interface specified in <varname>UplinkInterface=</varname>
|
|
|
|
will be used. When <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> is false, no DNS server information is sent in
|
|
|
|
Router Advertisement messages. <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> defaults to true.</para></listitem>
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-07 09:24:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2017-09-29 17:48:07 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>EmitDomains=</varname></term>
|
2017-09-07 09:24:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>Domains=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>A list of DNS search domains distributed via Router Advertisement messages when
|
2021-06-15 18:51:57 +00:00
|
|
|
<varname>EmitDomains=</varname> is true. If <varname>Domains=</varname> is empty, DNS search
|
|
|
|
domains are read from the [Network] section. If the [Network] section does not contain any DNS
|
|
|
|
search domains either, DNS search domains from the uplink interface specified in
|
|
|
|
<varname>UplinkInterface=</varname> will be used. When <varname>EmitDomains=</varname> is false,
|
|
|
|
no DNS search domain information is sent in Router Advertisement messages.
|
|
|
|
<varname>EmitDomains=</varname> defaults to true.</para></listitem>
|
2017-09-07 09:24:00 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DNSLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-09-28 02:44:27 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Lifetime in seconds for the DNS server addresses listed in
|
|
|
|
<varname>DNS=</varname> and search domains listed in <varname>Domains=</varname>. Defaults to
|
2021-10-24 19:32:05 +00:00
|
|
|
3600 seconds (one hour).</para></listitem>
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-09-14 11:14:22 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>[IPv6Prefix] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>One or more [IPv6Prefix] sections contain the IPv6 prefixes that are announced via Router
|
|
|
|
Advertisements. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4861">RFC 4861</ulink> for further
|
|
|
|
details.</para>
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>AddressAutoconfiguration=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>OnLink=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-27 06:07:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Takes a boolean to specify whether IPv6 addresses can be
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
autoconfigured with this prefix and whether the prefix can be used for
|
|
|
|
onlink determination. Both settings default to <literal>true</literal>
|
|
|
|
in order to ease configuration.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-23 10:12:28 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>The IPv6 prefix that is to be distributed to hosts. Similarly to configuring static
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
IPv6 addresses, the setting is configured as an IPv6 prefix and its prefix length, separated by a
|
|
|
|
<literal>/</literal> character. Use multiple [IPv6Prefix] sections to configure multiple IPv6
|
|
|
|
prefixes since prefix lifetimes, address autoconfiguration and onlink status may differ from one
|
|
|
|
prefix to another.</para></listitem>
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PreferredLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ValidLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-10-24 19:32:05 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Preferred and valid lifetimes for the prefix measured in seconds.
|
|
|
|
<varname>PreferredLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 1800 seconds (30 minutes) and
|
|
|
|
<varname>ValidLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para></listitem>
|
2019-09-14 11:14:22 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-27 12:32:43 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Assign=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Takes a boolean. When true, adds an address from the prefix. Default to false.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-04-17 17:49:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-09-24 19:12:31 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for assigning an address in each
|
|
|
|
prefix. This accepts the same syntax as <varname>Token=</varname> in the [IPv6AcceptRA]
|
|
|
|
section. If <varname>Assign=</varname> is set to false, then this setting will be ignored.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to unset, which means the EUI-64 algorithm will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-04-17 17:49:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The metric of the prefix route. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295.
|
|
|
|
When unset or set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. This setting is ignored when
|
|
|
|
<varname>Assign=</varname> is false.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-09-14 11:14:22 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[IPv6RoutePrefix] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>One or more [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections contain the IPv6
|
2019-09-14 11:14:22 +00:00
|
|
|
prefix routes that are announced via Router Advertisements. See
|
|
|
|
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink>
|
|
|
|
for further details.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Route=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-23 10:12:28 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>The IPv6 route that is to be distributed to hosts. Similarly to configuring static
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
IPv6 routes, the setting is configured as an IPv6 prefix routes and its prefix route length,
|
2022-07-15 15:45:56 +00:00
|
|
|
separated by a <literal>/</literal> character. Use multiple [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections to configure
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
multiple IPv6 prefix routes.</para></listitem>
|
2019-09-14 11:14:22 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>LifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-10-24 19:32:05 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem><para>Lifetime for the route prefix measured in seconds.
|
|
|
|
<varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para></listitem>
|
2017-09-06 11:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>[Bridge] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [Bridge] section accepts the following keys:</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2015-07-23 18:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UnicastFlood=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2018-11-27 06:07:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether the bridge should flood
|
2015-07-25 03:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
traffic for which an FDB entry is missing and the destination
|
2018-11-27 05:40:25 +00:00
|
|
|
is unknown through this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
2015-07-25 02:37:04 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2015-07-23 18:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-03-10 20:25:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MulticastFlood=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether the bridge should flood
|
|
|
|
traffic for which an MDB entry is missing and the destination
|
|
|
|
is unknown through this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2018-12-03 10:47:36 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MulticastToUnicast=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Multicast to unicast works on top of the multicast snooping feature of
|
|
|
|
the bridge. Which means unicast copies are only delivered to hosts which are interested in it.
|
|
|
|
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-03-10 20:25:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>NeighborSuppression=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether ARP and ND neighbor suppression is enabled for
|
|
|
|
this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Learning=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether MAC address learning is enabled for
|
|
|
|
this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2015-07-23 18:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>HairPin=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether traffic may be sent back out of the port on which it
|
|
|
|
was received. When this flag is false, then the bridge will not forward traffic back out of the
|
|
|
|
receiving port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
2015-07-23 18:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-05-03 22:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Isolated=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether this port is isolated or not. Within a bridge,
|
|
|
|
isolated ports can only communicate with non-isolated ports. When set to true, this port can only
|
|
|
|
communicate with other ports whose Isolated setting is false. When set to false, this port
|
|
|
|
can communicate with any other ports. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2015-07-23 18:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2015-07-25 02:52:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseBPDU=</varname></term>
|
2015-07-23 18:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2018-11-27 06:07:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether STP Bridge Protocol Data Units will be
|
2018-11-27 05:40:25 +00:00
|
|
|
processed by the bridge port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
2015-07-23 18:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>FastLeave=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2018-11-27 06:07:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. This flag allows the bridge to immediately stop multicast
|
2014-08-03 05:11:37 +00:00
|
|
|
traffic on a port that receives an IGMP Leave message. It is only used with
|
2018-11-27 05:40:25 +00:00
|
|
|
IGMP snooping if enabled on the bridge. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
2015-07-23 18:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2015-07-25 03:12:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>AllowPortToBeRoot=</varname></term>
|
2015-07-23 18:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2018-11-27 06:07:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether a given port is allowed to
|
2015-07-25 02:37:04 +00:00
|
|
|
become a root port. Only used when STP is enabled on the bridge.
|
2018-11-27 05:40:25 +00:00
|
|
|
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
2015-07-23 18:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-05-04 14:51:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ProxyARP=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether proxy ARP to be enabled on this port.
|
|
|
|
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ProxyARPWiFi=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether proxy ARP to be enabled on this port
|
|
|
|
which meets extended requirements by IEEE 802.11 and Hotspot 2.0 specifications.
|
|
|
|
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-05-09 00:32:12 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MulticastRouter=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Configures this port for having multicast routers attached. A port with a multicast
|
|
|
|
router will receive all multicast traffic. Takes one of <literal>no</literal>
|
|
|
|
to disable multicast routers on this port, <literal>query</literal> to let the system detect
|
|
|
|
the presence of routers, <literal>permanent</literal> to permanently enable multicast traffic
|
|
|
|
forwarding on this port, or <literal>temporary</literal> to enable multicast routers temporarily
|
|
|
|
on this port, not depending on incoming queries. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Cost=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2015-07-25 02:37:04 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Sets the "cost" of sending packets of this interface.
|
2014-08-03 05:11:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Each port in a bridge may have a different speed and the cost
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
is used to decide which link to use. Faster interfaces
|
2017-08-03 21:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
should have lower costs. It is an integer value between 1 and
|
2017-04-11 21:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
65535.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Sets the "priority" of sending packets on this interface.
|
|
|
|
Each port in a bridge may have a different priority which is used
|
|
|
|
to decide which link to use. Lower value means higher priority.
|
2017-08-03 21:36:21 +00:00
|
|
|
It is an integer value between 0 to 63. Networkd does not set any
|
2017-04-11 21:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
default, meaning the kernel default value of 32 is used.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[BridgeFDB] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [BridgeFDB] section manages the forwarding database table of a port and accepts the following
|
|
|
|
keys. Specify several [BridgeFDB] sections to configure several static MAC table entries.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>As in the [Network] section. This key is mandatory.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-04-30 09:23:39 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Destination=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes an IP address of the destination VXLAN tunnel endpoint.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>VLANId=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2014-08-03 05:11:37 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The VLAN ID for the new static MAC table entry. If
|
2017-12-04 12:05:18 +00:00
|
|
|
omitted, no VLAN ID information is appended to the new static MAC
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
table entry.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-05-06 14:28:52 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>VNI=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment ID) to use to connect to
|
2021-01-28 19:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. Takes a number in the range 1…16777215.
|
2019-05-06 14:28:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-05-08 14:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>AssociatedWith=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies where the address is associated with. Takes one of <literal>use</literal>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>self</literal>, <literal>master</literal> or <literal>router</literal>.
|
|
|
|
<literal>use</literal> means the address is in use. User space can use this option to
|
|
|
|
indicate to the kernel that the fdb entry is in use. <literal>self</literal> means
|
|
|
|
the address is associated with the port drivers fdb. Usually hardware. <literal>master</literal>
|
|
|
|
means the address is associated with master devices fdb. <literal>router</literal> means
|
|
|
|
the destination address is associated with a router. Note that it's valid if the referenced
|
|
|
|
device is a VXLAN type device and has route shortcircuit enabled. Defaults to <literal>self</literal>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-05-14 05:28:18 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>OutgoingInterface=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the name or index of the outgoing interface for the VXLAN device driver to
|
|
|
|
reach the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
2020-09-09 12:14:44 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[BridgeMDB] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
<para>The [BridgeMDB] section manages the multicast membership entries forwarding database table of a port and accepts the following
|
|
|
|
keys. Specify several [BridgeMDB] sections to configure several permanent multicast membership entries.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MulticastGroupAddress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 multicast group address to add. This setting is mandatory.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>VLANId=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The VLAN ID for the new entry. Valid ranges are 0 (no VLAN) to 4094. Optional, defaults to 0.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
2018-04-10 15:26:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-30 19:57:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[LLDP] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [LLDP] section manages the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) and accepts the following
|
2020-09-29 10:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
keys:</para>
|
2020-03-30 19:57:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-09-29 10:27:19 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>When configured, the specified Manufacturer Usage Descriptions (MUD) URL will be sent in
|
|
|
|
LLDP packets. The syntax and semantics are the same as for <varname>MUDURL=</varname> in the
|
|
|
|
[DHCPv4] section described above.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>The MUD URLs received via LLDP packets are saved and can be read using the
|
2020-03-30 19:57:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<function>sd_lldp_neighbor_get_mud_url()</function> function.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-10 15:26:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[CAN] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [CAN] section manages the Controller Area Network (CAN bus) and accepts the
|
|
|
|
following keys:</para>
|
2018-04-10 15:26:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>BitRate=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The bitrate of CAN device in bits per second. The usual SI prefixes (K, M) with the base of 1000 can
|
2021-01-28 19:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
be used here. Takes a number in the range 1…4294967295.</para>
|
2018-04-10 15:26:20 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SamplePoint=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Optional sample point in percent with one decimal (e.g. <literal>75%</literal>,
|
2021-08-15 17:41:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>87.5%</literal>) or permille (e.g. <literal>875‰</literal>). This will be ignored when
|
|
|
|
<varname>BitRate=</varname> is unspecified.</para>
|
2018-04-10 15:26:20 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-08-15 18:36:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PropagationSegment=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PhaseBufferSegment1=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PhaseBufferSegment2=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the time quanta, propagation segment, phase buffer segment 1 and 2, and the
|
2022-01-16 12:44:52 +00:00
|
|
|
synchronization jump width, which allow one to define the CAN bit-timing in a hardware
|
2021-08-15 18:36:58 +00:00
|
|
|
independent format as proposed by the Bosch CAN 2.0 Specification.
|
|
|
|
<varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> takes a timespan in nanoseconds.
|
|
|
|
<varname>PropagationSegment=</varname>, <varname>PhaseBufferSegment1=</varname>,
|
|
|
|
<varname>PhaseBufferSegment2=</varname>, and <varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname> take number
|
|
|
|
of time quantum specified in <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> and must be an unsigned
|
|
|
|
integer in the range 0…4294967295. These settings except for
|
|
|
|
<varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname> will be ignored when <varname>BitRate=</varname> is
|
|
|
|
specified.</para>
|
2018-04-10 15:26:20 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-03-26 21:27:41 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DataBitRate=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DataSamplePoint=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The bitrate and sample point for the data phase, if CAN-FD is used. These settings are
|
|
|
|
analogous to the <varname>BitRate=</varname> and <varname>SamplePoint=</varname> keys.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-08-15 18:36:58 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DataTimeQuantaNSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DataPropagationSegment=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DataPhaseBufferSegment1=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DataPhaseBufferSegment2=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DataSyncJumpWidth=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the time quanta, propagation segment, phase buffer segment 1 and 2, and the
|
|
|
|
synchronization jump width for the data phase, if CAN-FD is used. These settings are
|
|
|
|
analogous to the <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> or related settings.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-03-26 21:27:41 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>FDMode=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, CAN-FD mode is enabled for the interface.
|
|
|
|
Note, that a bitrate and optional sample point should also be set for the CAN-FD data phase using
|
2021-08-15 18:36:58 +00:00
|
|
|
the <varname>DataBitRate=</varname> and <varname>DataSamplePoint=</varname> keys, or
|
|
|
|
<varname>DataTimeQuanta=</varname> and related settings.</para>
|
2020-03-26 21:27:41 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>FDNonISO=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, non-ISO CAN-FD mode is enabled for the
|
|
|
|
interface. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2018-04-10 15:26:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RestartSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Automatic restart delay time. If set to a non-zero value, a restart of the CAN controller will be
|
|
|
|
triggered automatically in case of a bus-off condition after the specified delay time. Subsecond delays can
|
|
|
|
be specified using decimals (e.g. <literal>0.1s</literal>) or a <literal>ms</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>us</literal> postfix. Using <literal>infinity</literal> or <literal>0</literal> will turn the
|
|
|
|
automatic restart off. By default automatic restart is disabled.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-02-12 02:13:45 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Termination=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-11-04 00:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean or a termination resistor value in ohm in the range 0…65535. When
|
2021-08-15 17:16:53 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>yes</literal>, the termination resistor is set to 120 ohm. When
|
|
|
|
<literal>no</literal> or <literal>0</literal> is set, the termination resistor is disabled.
|
|
|
|
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
2020-02-12 02:13:45 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-03-11 14:25:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>TripleSampling=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, three samples (instead of one) are used to determine
|
|
|
|
the value of a received bit by majority rule. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-01-05 17:53:44 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>BusErrorReporting=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, reporting of CAN bus errors is activated
|
|
|
|
(those include single bit, frame format, and bit stuffing errors, unable to send dominant bit,
|
|
|
|
unable to send recessive bit, bus overload, active error announcement, error occurred on
|
|
|
|
transmission). When unset, the kernel's default will be used. Note: in case of a CAN bus with a
|
|
|
|
single CAN device, sending a CAN frame may result in a huge number of CAN bus errors.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-03-16 04:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ListenOnly=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, listen-only mode is enabled. When the
|
|
|
|
interface is in listen-only mode, the interface neither transmit CAN frames nor send ACK
|
|
|
|
bit. Listen-only mode is important to debug CAN networks without interfering with the
|
|
|
|
communication or acknowledge the CAN frame. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-08-15 16:53:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Loopback=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, loopback mode is enabled. When the
|
|
|
|
loopback mode is enabled, the interface treats messages transmitted by itself as received
|
|
|
|
messages. The loopback mode is important to debug CAN networks. When unset, the kernel's
|
|
|
|
default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>OneShot=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, one-shot mode is enabled. When unset,
|
|
|
|
the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PresumeAck=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, the interface will ignore missing CAN
|
|
|
|
ACKs. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>ClassicDataLengthCode=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, the interface will handle the 4bit data
|
|
|
|
length code (DLC). When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2018-04-10 15:26:20 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2021-11-08 00:41:51 +00:00
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[IPoIB] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
<para>The [IPoIB] section manages the IP over Infiniband and accepts the following keys:</para>
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.netdev.xml" xpointer="ipoib_mode" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="systemd.netdev.xml" xpointer="ipoib_umcast" />
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2018-04-10 15:26:20 +00:00
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-05 10:10:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[QDisc] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [QDisc] section manages the traffic control queueing discipline (qdisc).</para>
|
2020-02-05 10:10:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Parent=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the parent Queueing Discipline (qdisc). Takes one of <literal>clsact</literal>
|
|
|
|
or <literal>ingress</literal>. This is mandatory.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-02-10 07:05:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-05 10:10:33 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-10-07 14:19:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>[NetworkEmulator] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [NetworkEmulator] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of the network emulator. It
|
|
|
|
can be used to configure the kernel packet scheduler and simulate packet delay and loss for UDP or TCP
|
|
|
|
applications, or limit the bandwidth usage of a particular service to simulate internet connections.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2019-10-07 14:19:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 07:05:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-10-07 14:19:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>DelaySec=</varname></term>
|
2019-10-07 14:19:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the fixed amount of delay to be added to all packets going out of the
|
|
|
|
interface. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>DelayJitterSec=</varname></term>
|
2019-10-07 14:19:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the chosen delay to be added to the packets outgoing to the network
|
|
|
|
interface. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
2019-10-07 14:19:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the maximum number of packets the qdisc may hold queued at a time.
|
2021-11-04 00:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to 1000.</para>
|
2019-10-07 14:19:00 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>LossRate=</varname></term>
|
2019-10-07 14:19:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies an independent loss probability to be added to the packets outgoing from the
|
|
|
|
network interface. Takes a percentage value, suffixed with "%". Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-10-30 17:58:02 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>DuplicateRate=</varname></term>
|
2019-10-30 17:58:02 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies that the chosen percent of packets is duplicated before queuing them.
|
|
|
|
Takes a percentage value, suffixed with "%". Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
2019-10-30 17:58:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
2020-02-04 16:22:41 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>[TokenBucketFilter] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [TokenBucketFilter] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of token bucket filter
|
|
|
|
(tbf).</para>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 07:05:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>LatencySec=</varname></term>
|
2019-11-17 06:30:03 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the latency parameter, which specifies the maximum amount of time a
|
2020-02-04 16:22:41 +00:00
|
|
|
packet can sit in the Token Bucket Filter (TBF). Defaults to unset.</para>
|
2019-11-17 06:30:03 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-12-07 20:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>LimitBytes=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-07 20:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes the number of bytes that can be queued waiting for tokens to become available.
|
|
|
|
When the size is suffixed with K, M, or G, it is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
2019-12-07 20:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-11-17 06:30:03 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>BurstBytes=</varname></term>
|
2019-11-17 06:30:03 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the size of the bucket. This is the maximum amount of bytes that tokens
|
|
|
|
can be available for instantaneous transfer. When the size is suffixed with K, M, or G, it is
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to
|
2019-11-17 06:30:03 +00:00
|
|
|
unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>Rate=</varname></term>
|
2019-11-17 06:30:03 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the device specific bandwidth. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
|
2020-01-12 07:01:25 +00:00
|
|
|
bandwidth is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000.
|
2019-11-17 06:30:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-12-07 20:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>MPUBytes=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-07 20:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The Minimum Packet Unit (MPU) determines the minimal token usage (specified in bytes)
|
|
|
|
for a packet. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to zero.</para>
|
2019-12-07 20:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>PeakRate=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-07 20:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes the maximum depletion rate of the bucket. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
|
2020-01-12 07:01:25 +00:00
|
|
|
specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of
|
2019-12-07 20:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
1000. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-07 20:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the size of the peakrate bucket. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.
|
2019-12-07 20:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-09 09:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[PIE] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [PIE] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Proportional Integral
|
|
|
|
controller-Enhanced (PIE).</para>
|
2020-03-09 09:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-03-09 09:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-01-28 19:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
|
|
|
|
incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
|
|
|
|
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
2020-03-09 13:03:49 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[FlowQueuePIE] Section Options</title>
|
|
|
|
<para>The <literal>[FlowQueuePIE]</literal> section manages the queueing discipline
|
|
|
|
(qdisc) of Flow Queue Proportional Integral controller-Enhanced (fq_pie).</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-01-28 19:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
|
|
|
|
incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer ranges 1 to 4294967294. Defaults to unset and
|
|
|
|
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
2020-03-09 09:48:03 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-11 07:24:27 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[StochasticFairBlue] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [StochasticFairBlue] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of stochastic fair blue
|
|
|
|
(sfb).</para>
|
2020-02-11 07:24:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-11 07:24:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
|
2021-11-04 00:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
2020-02-11 07:24:27 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[StochasticFairnessQueueing] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [StochasticFairnessQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of stochastic
|
|
|
|
fairness queueing (sfq).</para>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 07:05:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-11-27 11:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>PerturbPeriodSec=</varname></term>
|
2019-11-27 11:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the interval in seconds for queue algorithm perturbation. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-10 11:53:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[BFIFO] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [BFIFO] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Byte limited Packet First In First
|
|
|
|
Out (bfifo).</para>
|
2020-03-10 11:53:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-03-10 11:53:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>LimitBytes=</varname></term>
|
2020-03-10 11:53:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-09-29 10:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the hard limit in bytes on the FIFO buffer size. The size limit prevents overflow
|
|
|
|
in case the kernel is unable to dequeue packets as quickly as it receives them. When this limit is
|
|
|
|
reached, incoming packets are dropped. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed
|
|
|
|
as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and
|
|
|
|
kernel default is used.</para>
|
2020-03-10 11:53:32 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-10 15:12:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[PFIFO] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [PFIFO] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out
|
|
|
|
(pfifo).</para>
|
2020-02-10 15:12:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 15:12:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-01-28 19:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the number of packets in the FIFO queue. The size limit prevents
|
|
|
|
overflow in case the kernel is unable to dequeue packets as quickly as it receives them. When this
|
|
|
|
limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range
|
2021-11-04 00:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
2020-02-10 15:12:21 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-10 12:19:56 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[PFIFOHeadDrop] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [PFIFOHeadDrop] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out
|
|
|
|
Head Drop (pfifo_head_drop).</para>
|
2020-03-10 12:19:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-03-10 12:19:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>As in [PFIFO] section.</para></listitem>
|
2020-03-10 12:19:56 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-11 10:02:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[PFIFOFast] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [PFIFOFast] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out Fast
|
|
|
|
(pfifo_fast).</para>
|
2020-03-11 10:02:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-03-11 10:02:20 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[CAKE] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [CAKE] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Common Applications Kept Enhanced
|
|
|
|
(CAKE).</para>
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 15:12:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2021-11-02 19:32:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>Bandwidth=</varname></term>
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-11-02 19:32:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the shaper bandwidth. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is
|
|
|
|
parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-02 19:05:02 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>AutoRateIngress=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean value. Enables automatic capacity estimation based on traffic arriving
|
|
|
|
at this qdisc. This is most likely to be useful with cellular links, which tend to change
|
|
|
|
quality randomly. If this setting is enabled, the <varname>Bandwidth=</varname> setting is
|
|
|
|
used as an initial estimate. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>OverheadBytes=</varname></term>
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-11-04 00:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies that bytes to be addeded to the size of each packet. Bytes may be negative.
|
|
|
|
Takes an integer in the range -64…256. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2021-11-03 19:16:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>MPUBytes=</varname></term>
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-11-03 19:16:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Rounds each packet (including overhead) up to the specified bytes. Takes an integer in
|
|
|
|
the range 1…256. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-02 19:50:00 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>CompensationMode=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes one of <literal>none</literal>, <literal>atm</literal>, or <literal>ptm</literal>.
|
|
|
|
Specifies the compensation mode for overhead calculation. When <literal>none</literal>, no
|
|
|
|
compensation is taken into account. When <literal>atm</literal>, enables the compensation for
|
|
|
|
ATM cell framing, which is normally found on ADSL links. When <literal>ptm</literal>, enables
|
|
|
|
the compensation for PTM encoding, which is normally found on VDSL2 links and uses a 64b/65b
|
|
|
|
encoding scheme. Defaults to unset and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-04 01:04:47 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>UseRawPacketSize=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean value. When true, the packet size reported by the Linux kernel will be
|
|
|
|
used, instead of the underlying IP packet size. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default
|
|
|
|
is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-02 20:48:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>FlowIsolationMode=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>CAKE places packets from different flows into different queues, then packets from each
|
|
|
|
queue are delivered fairly. This specifies whether the fairness is based on source address,
|
|
|
|
destination address, individual flows, or any combination of those. The available values are:
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>none</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
The flow isolation is disabled, and all traffic passes through a single queue.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>src-host</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
2022-02-07 13:57:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Flows are defined only by source address. Equivalent to the <literal>srchost</literal>
|
2021-11-02 20:48:15 +00:00
|
|
|
option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>dst-host</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
2022-02-07 13:57:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Flows are defined only by destination address. Equivalent to the
|
2022-02-22 21:56:10 +00:00
|
|
|
<literal>dsthost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
2021-11-02 20:48:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>hosts</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
Flows are defined by source-destination host pairs. Equivalent to the same option for
|
|
|
|
<command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>flows</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
Flows are defined by the entire 5-tuple of source address, destination address,
|
|
|
|
transport protocol, source port and destination port. Equivalent to the same option for
|
|
|
|
<command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>dual-src-host</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal> in the above), and
|
2022-02-07 13:57:00 +00:00
|
|
|
fairness is applied first over source addresses, then over individual flows. Equivalent
|
2021-11-02 20:48:15 +00:00
|
|
|
to the <literal>dual-srchost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command.
|
|
|
|
See also
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>dual-dst-host</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal> in the above), and
|
|
|
|
fairness is applied first over destination addresses, then over individual flows.
|
2022-02-07 13:57:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Equivalent to the <literal>dual-dsthost</literal> option for
|
2021-11-02 20:48:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>triple</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal>), and fairness is
|
|
|
|
applied over source and destination addresses, and also over individual flows.
|
2022-02-07 13:57:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Equivalent to the <literal>triple-isolate</literal> option for
|
2021-11-02 20:48:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Defaults to unset and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-02 20:55:54 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>NAT=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE performs a NAT lookup before applying
|
|
|
|
flow-isolation rules, to determine the true addresses and port numbers of the packet, to
|
|
|
|
improve fairness between hosts inside the NAT. This has no practical effect when
|
|
|
|
<varname>FlowIsolationMode=</varname> is <literal>none</literal> or <literal>flows</literal>,
|
|
|
|
or if NAT is performed on a different host. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is
|
|
|
|
used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-03 19:59:37 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PriorityQueueingPreset=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>CAKE divides traffic into <literal>tins</literal>, and each tin has its own independent
|
|
|
|
set of flow-isolation queues, bandwidth threshold, and priority. This specifies the preset of
|
|
|
|
tin profiles. The available values are:</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>besteffort</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
Disables priority queueing by placing all traffic in one tin.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>precedence</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
Enables priority queueing based on the legacy interpretation of TOS
|
|
|
|
<literal>Precedence</literal> field. Use of this preset on the modern Internet is
|
|
|
|
firmly discouraged.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>diffserv8</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
|
|
|
|
(<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with eight tins: Background Traffic, High
|
|
|
|
Throughput, Best Effort, Video Streaming, Low Latency Transactions, Interactive Shell,
|
|
|
|
Minimum Latency, and Network Control.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>diffserv4</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
|
|
|
|
(<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with four tins: Background Traffic, Best Effort,
|
|
|
|
Streaming Media, and Latency Sensitive.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><option>diffserv3</option></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem><para>
|
|
|
|
Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
|
|
|
|
(<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with three tins: Background Traffic, Best Effort,
|
|
|
|
and Latency Sensitive.
|
|
|
|
</para></listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
2020-03-02 06:54:17 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2021-11-03 19:59:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2021-11-03 20:13:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>FirewallMark=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967295. When specified, firewall-mark-based
|
|
|
|
overriding of CAKE's tin selection is enabled. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is
|
|
|
|
used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-03 20:32:44 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Wash=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE clears the DSCP fields, except for ECN bits, of
|
|
|
|
any packet passing through CAKE. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-03 20:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>SplitGSO=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE will split General Segmentation Offload (GSO)
|
|
|
|
super-packets into their on-the-wire components and dequeue them individually. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-11-17 09:11:38 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RTTSec=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the RTT for the filter. Takes a timespan. Typical values are e.g. 100us for
|
|
|
|
extremely high-performance 10GigE+ networks like datacentre, 1ms for non-WiFi LAN connections,
|
|
|
|
100ms for typical internet connections. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-11-17 09:27:57 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>AckFilter=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean value, or special value <literal>aggressive</literal>. If enabled, ACKs in
|
|
|
|
each flow are queued and redundant ACKs to the upstream are dropped. If yes, the filter will always
|
|
|
|
keep at least two redundant ACKs in the queue, while in <literal>aggressive</literal> mode, it will
|
|
|
|
filter down to a single ACK. This may improve download throughput on links with very asymmetrical
|
|
|
|
rate limits. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-10 15:12:21 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[ControlledDelay] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [ControlledDelay] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
controlled delay (CoDel).</para>
|
2019-11-27 11:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 07:05:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-21 19:18:09 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
|
2021-11-04 00:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
2019-12-21 19:18:09 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-12-28 13:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>TargetSec=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-28 13:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>IntervalSec=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-28 13:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a timespan. This is used to ensure that the measured minimum delay does not
|
|
|
|
become too stale. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>ECN=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-28 13:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. This can be used to mark packets instead of dropping them. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-28 13:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
|
|
|
|
Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
2019-12-28 13:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-10 07:46:40 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Deficit Round
|
|
|
|
Robin Scheduler (DRR).</para>
|
2020-03-10 07:46:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-03-10 07:46:40 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-11 15:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass] section manages the traffic control class of Deficit Round
|
|
|
|
Robin Scheduler (DRR).</para>
|
2020-03-11 15:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
|
2020-03-11 15:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
2020-03-11 15:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the amount of bytes a flow is allowed to dequeue before the scheduler moves
|
|
|
|
to the next class. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
|
|
|
|
Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to the MTU of the
|
|
|
|
interface.</para>
|
2020-03-11 15:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-09 08:23:11 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[EnhancedTransmissionSelection] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Enhanced
|
|
|
|
Transmission Selection (ETS).</para>
|
2020-06-09 08:23:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Bands=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-11-04 00:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the number of bands. An unsigned integer in the range 1…16. This value has to be at
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
least large enough to cover the strict bands specified through the <varname>StrictBands=</varname>
|
|
|
|
and bandwidth-sharing bands specified in <varname>QuantumBytes=</varname>.</para>
|
2020-06-09 08:23:11 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>StrictBands=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the number of bands that should be created in strict mode. An unsigned integer in
|
2021-11-04 00:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
the range 1…16.</para>
|
2020-06-09 08:23:11 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the white-space separated list of quantum used in band-sharing bands. When
|
|
|
|
suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
|
|
|
|
respectively, to the base of 1024. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty
|
|
|
|
string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PriorityMap=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-09-29 10:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The priority map maps the priority of a packet to a band. The argument is a whitespace
|
|
|
|
separated list of numbers. The first number indicates which band the packets with priority 0 should
|
|
|
|
be put to, the second is for priority 1, and so on. There can be up to 16 numbers in the list. If
|
|
|
|
there are fewer, the default band that traffic with one of the unmentioned priorities goes to is
|
2021-01-28 19:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
the last one. Each band number must be in the range 0…255. This setting can be specified multiple
|
2020-09-29 10:31:27 +00:00
|
|
|
times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
|
2020-06-09 08:23:11 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-10 12:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[GenericRandomEarlyDetection] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [GenericRandomEarlyDetection] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Generic Random
|
|
|
|
Early Detection (GRED).</para>
|
2020-02-10 12:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 12:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>VirtualQueues=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-06-30 12:26:47 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the number of virtual queues. Takes an integer in the range 1…16. Defaults to unset
|
2021-01-28 19:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
2020-02-10 12:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DefaultVirtualQueue=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the number of default virtual queue. This must be less than <varname>VirtualQueue=</varname>.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>GenericRIO=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. It turns on the RIO-like buffering scheme. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[FairQueueingControlledDelay] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [FairQueueingControlledDelay] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of fair queuing
|
|
|
|
controlled delay (FQ-CoDel).</para>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 07:05:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-07 19:48:18 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are
|
|
|
|
dropped. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-12-12 08:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>MemoryLimitBytes=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-12 08:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the limit on the total number of bytes that can be queued in this FQ-CoDel instance.
|
|
|
|
When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
|
|
|
|
respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>Flows=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-12 08:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the number of flows into which the incoming packets are classified.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>TargetSec=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-12 08:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay.
|
|
|
|
Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>IntervalSec=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-12 08:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a timespan. This is used to ensure that the measured minimum delay does not
|
|
|
|
become too stale. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-12 08:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the number of bytes used as the "deficit" in the fair queuing algorithm timespan.
|
2019-12-12 08:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
|
|
|
|
respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>ECN=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-12 08:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean. This can be used to mark packets instead of dropping them. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-12 08:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
|
|
|
|
Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
2020-02-04 16:35:12 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>[FairQueueing] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [FairQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of fair queue traffic policing
|
|
|
|
(FQ).</para>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 07:05:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-12-11 09:52:51 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-11 09:52:51 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are
|
|
|
|
dropped. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2019-12-13 11:55:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>FlowLimit=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-13 11:55:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the maximum number of packets queued per flow. Defaults to
|
|
|
|
unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-13 11:55:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the credit per dequeue RR round, i.e. the amount of bytes a flow is allowed
|
|
|
|
to dequeue at once. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
|
|
|
|
Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's
|
|
|
|
default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>InitialQuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-13 11:55:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the initial sending rate credit, i.e. the amount of bytes a new flow is
|
|
|
|
allowed to dequeue initially. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as
|
|
|
|
Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and
|
|
|
|
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>MaximumRate=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-13 11:55:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the maximum sending rate of a flow. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
|
2020-01-12 07:01:25 +00:00
|
|
|
specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of
|
2019-12-13 11:55:33 +00:00
|
|
|
1000. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>Buckets=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-13 11:55:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the size of the hash table used for flow lookups. Defaults to unset and
|
|
|
|
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>OrphanMask=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-13 11:55:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes an unsigned integer. For packets not owned by a socket, fq is able to mask a part
|
|
|
|
of hash and reduce number of buckets associated with the traffic. Defaults to unset and
|
|
|
|
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>Pacing=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-13 11:55:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a boolean, and enables or disables flow pacing. Defaults to unset and kernel's
|
|
|
|
default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-02-04 12:45:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
|
2019-12-13 11:55:33 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
|
|
|
|
Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2019-10-07 14:19:00 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-06 08:52:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[TrivialLinkEqualizer] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [TrivialLinkEqualizer] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of trivial link
|
|
|
|
equalizer (teql).</para>
|
2020-02-06 08:52:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 07:05:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-06 08:52:24 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Id=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the interface ID <literal>N</literal> of teql. Defaults to <literal>0</literal>.
|
|
|
|
Note that when teql is used, currently, the module <constant>sch_teql</constant> with
|
|
|
|
<constant>max_equalizers=N+1</constant> option must be loaded before
|
|
|
|
<command>systemd-networkd</command> is started.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-10 10:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[HierarchyTokenBucket] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [HierarchyTokenBucket] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of hierarchy token
|
|
|
|
bucket (htb).</para>
|
2020-02-10 10:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-10 10:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>DefaultClass=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes the minor id in hexadecimal of the default class. Unclassified traffic gets sent
|
|
|
|
to the class. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-06-08 08:36:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>RateToQuantum=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes an unsigned integer. The DRR quantums are calculated by dividing the value
|
|
|
|
configured in <varname>Rate=</varname> by <varname>RateToQuantum=</varname>.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-02-10 10:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-12 00:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[HierarchyTokenBucketClass] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] section manages the traffic control class of hierarchy token bucket
|
|
|
|
(htb).</para>
|
2020-02-12 00:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
|
2020-02-12 00:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the priority of the class. In the round-robin process, classes with the lowest
|
2020-06-08 08:36:52 +00:00
|
|
|
priority field are tried for packets first.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies how many bytes to serve from leaf at once. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
|
|
|
|
specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of
|
|
|
|
1024.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the maximum packet size we create. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
|
|
|
|
size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>OverheadBytes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Takes an unsigned integer which specifies per-packet size overhead used in rate
|
|
|
|
computations. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
|
|
|
|
Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
|
2020-02-12 00:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Rate=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the maximum rate this class and all its children are guaranteed. When suffixed
|
|
|
|
with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively,
|
|
|
|
to the base of 1000. This setting is mandatory.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>CeilRate=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the maximum rate at which a class can send, if its parent has bandwidth to spare.
|
|
|
|
When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits,
|
|
|
|
respectively, to the base of 1000. When unset, the value specified with <varname>Rate=</varname>
|
|
|
|
is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-06-08 08:36:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>BufferBytes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the maximum bytes burst which can be accumulated during idle period. When suffixed
|
|
|
|
with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively,
|
|
|
|
to the base of 1024.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>CeilBufferBytes=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the maximum bytes burst for ceil which can be accumulated during idle period.
|
|
|
|
When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
|
|
|
|
respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-03-11 10:55:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[HeavyHitterFilter] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [HeavyHitterFilter] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Heavy Hitter Filter
|
|
|
|
(hhf).</para>
|
2020-03-11 10:55:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
2020-03-12 09:33:15 +00:00
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
2020-02-12 00:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-11 10:55:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
|
2021-11-04 00:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
|
2020-07-06 08:49:59 +00:00
|
|
|
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
2020-03-11 10:55:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2020-02-12 00:52:56 +00:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-19 21:41:57 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[QuickFairQueueing] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [QuickFairQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Quick Fair Queueing
|
|
|
|
(QFQ).</para>
|
2020-03-19 21:41:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-03 06:07:45 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[QuickFairQueueingClass] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [QuickFairQueueingClass] section manages the traffic control class of Quick Fair Queueing
|
|
|
|
(qfq).</para>
|
2020-06-03 06:07:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
|
|
|
|
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>Weight=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-01-28 19:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the weight of the class. Takes an integer in the range 1…1023. Defaults to
|
2020-06-03 06:07:45 +00:00
|
|
|
unset in which case the kernel default is used.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2020-07-01 07:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
<term><varname>MaxPacketBytes=</varname></term>
|
2020-06-03 06:07:45 +00:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-01-28 19:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>Specifies the maximum packet size in bytes for the class. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
|
|
|
|
specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of
|
|
|
|
1024. When unset, the kernel default is used.</para>
|
2020-06-03 06:07:45 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-01 13:18:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>[BridgeVLAN] Section Options</title>
|
2020-07-06 09:00:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The [BridgeVLAN] section manages the VLAN ID configuration of a bridge port and accepts the
|
|
|
|
following keys. Specify several [BridgeVLAN] sections to configure several VLAN entries. The
|
|
|
|
<varname>VLANFiltering=</varname> option has to be enabled, see the [Bridge] section in
|
2016-06-01 13:18:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>VLAN=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2021-11-04 00:20:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>The VLAN ID allowed on the port. This can be either a single ID or a range M-N. Takes
|
|
|
|
an integer in the range 1…4094.</para>
|
2016-06-01 13:18:21 +00:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>EgressUntagged=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The VLAN ID specified here will be used to untag frames on egress. Configuring
|
|
|
|
<varname>EgressUntagged=</varname> implicates the use of <varname>VLAN=</varname> above and will enable the
|
|
|
|
VLAN ID for ingress as well. This can be either a single ID or a range M-N.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><varname>PVID=</varname></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The Port VLAN ID specified here is assigned to all untagged frames at ingress.
|
|
|
|
<varname>PVID=</varname> can be used only once. Configuring <varname>PVID=</varname> implicates the use of
|
|
|
|
<varname>VLAN=</varname> above and will enable the VLAN ID for ingress as well.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>Examples</title>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<example>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>Static network configuration</title>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/50-static.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
2014-02-25 18:30:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Name=enp2s0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
|
|
|
Address=192.168.0.15/24
|
|
|
|
Gateway=192.168.0.1</programlisting>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This brings interface <literal>enp2s0</literal> up with a static address. The
|
|
|
|
specified gateway will be used for a default route.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
2014-02-25 18:30:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<example>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>DHCP on ethernet links</title>
|
2014-02-25 18:30:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/80-dhcp.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
2014-02-25 18:30:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Name=en*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
2015-03-13 04:25:31 +00:00
|
|
|
DHCP=yes</programlisting>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This will enable DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 on all interfaces with names starting with
|
|
|
|
<literal>en</literal> (i.e. ethernet interfaces).</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
2014-02-25 18:30:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2019-08-09 10:09:26 +00:00
|
|
|
<example>
|
2022-01-27 20:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>IPv6 Prefix Delegation (DHCPv6 PD)</title>
|
2019-08-09 10:09:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2022-01-27 20:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv6-pd-upstream.network
|
2019-08-09 10:09:26 +00:00
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
Name=enp1s0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
2022-01-27 20:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
DHCP=ipv6
|
2019-08-09 10:09:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2022-01-27 20:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
# The below setting is optional, to also assign an address in the delegated prefix
|
|
|
|
# to the upstream interface. If not necessary, then comment out the line below and
|
|
|
|
# the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section.
|
|
|
|
DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# If the upstream network provides Router Advertisement with Managed bit set,
|
|
|
|
# then comment out the line below and WithoutRA= setting in the [DHCPv6] section.
|
|
|
|
IPv6AcceptRA=no
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[DHCPv6]
|
|
|
|
WithoutRA=solicit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
|
|
|
|
UplinkInterface=:self
|
|
|
|
SubnetId=0
|
|
|
|
Announce=no</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv6-pd-downstream.network
|
2019-08-09 10:09:26 +00:00
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
Name=enp2s0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
2022-01-27 20:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
|
2020-10-19 03:48:39 +00:00
|
|
|
IPv6SendRA=yes
|
2022-01-27 20:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# It is expected that the host is acting as a router. So, usually it is not
|
|
|
|
# necessary to receive Router Advertisement from other hosts in the downstream network.
|
|
|
|
IPv6AcceptRA=no
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
|
|
|
|
UplinkInterface=enp1s0
|
|
|
|
SubnetId=1
|
|
|
|
Announce=yes</programlisting>
|
2019-08-09 10:09:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2020-10-19 03:48:39 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>This will enable DHCPv6-PD on the interface enp1s0 as an upstream interface where the
|
|
|
|
DHCPv6 client is running and enp2s0 as a downstream interface where the prefix is delegated to.
|
|
|
|
The delegated prefixes are distributed by IPv6 Router Advertisement on the downstream network.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2019-08-09 10:09:26 +00:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
|
|
|
|
2022-01-27 20:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
<example>
|
|
|
|
<title>IPv6 Prefix Delegation (DHCPv4 6RD)</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv4-6rd-upstream.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
Name=enp1s0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
|
|
|
DHCP=ipv4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# When DHCPv4-6RD is used, the upstream network does not support IPv6.
|
|
|
|
# Hence, it is not necessary to wait for Router Advertisement, which is enabled by default.
|
|
|
|
IPv6AcceptRA=no
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[DHCPv4]
|
|
|
|
Use6RD=yes</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv4-6rd-downstream.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
Name=enp2s0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
|
|
|
DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
|
|
|
|
IPv6SendRA=yes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# It is expected that the host is acting as a router. So, usually it is not
|
|
|
|
# necessary to receive Router Advertisement from other hosts in the downstream network.
|
|
|
|
IPv6AcceptRA=no
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
|
|
|
|
UplinkInterface=enp1s0
|
|
|
|
SubnetId=1
|
|
|
|
Announce=yes</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This will enable DHCPv4-6RD on the interface enp1s0 as an upstream interface where the
|
|
|
|
DHCPv4 client is running and enp2s0 as a downstream interface where the prefix is delegated to.
|
|
|
|
The delegated prefixes are distributed by IPv6 Router Advertisement on the downstream network.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</example>
|
|
|
|
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<example>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>A bridge with two enslaved links</title>
|
2014-03-17 20:08:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2022-09-03 21:37:45 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-static.netdev
|
|
|
|
[NetDev]
|
|
|
|
Name=bridge0
|
|
|
|
Kind=bridge</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-static.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
2014-03-17 20:08:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Name=bridge0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
|
|
|
Address=192.168.0.15/24
|
|
|
|
Gateway=192.168.0.1
|
|
|
|
DNS=192.168.0.1</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-1.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
2014-03-17 20:08:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Name=enp2s0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
|
|
|
Bridge=bridge0</programlisting>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-2.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
Name=wlp3s0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
|
|
|
Bridge=bridge0</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This creates a bridge and attaches devices <literal>enp2s0</literal> and
|
|
|
|
<literal>wlp3s0</literal> to it. The bridge will have the specified static address
|
|
|
|
and network assigned, and a default route via the specified gateway will be
|
|
|
|
added. The specified DNS server will be added to the global list of DNS resolvers.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2016-06-01 13:18:21 +00:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-01 13:18:21 +00:00
|
|
|
<example>
|
2022-01-07 08:52:19 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>Bridge port with VLAN forwarding</title>
|
2016-06-01 13:18:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
2022-01-07 08:52:19 +00:00
|
|
|
# /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-1.network
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
[Match]
|
2016-06-01 13:18:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Name=enp2s0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
|
|
|
Bridge=bridge0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[BridgeVLAN]
|
|
|
|
VLAN=1-32
|
|
|
|
PVID=42
|
|
|
|
EgressUntagged=42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[BridgeVLAN]
|
|
|
|
VLAN=100-200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[BridgeVLAN]
|
|
|
|
EgressUntagged=300-400</programlisting>
|
2014-07-01 19:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<para>This overrides the configuration specified in the previous example for the
|
|
|
|
interface <literal>enp2s0</literal>, and enables VLAN on that bridge port. VLAN IDs
|
|
|
|
1-32, 42, 100-400 will be allowed. Packets tagged with VLAN IDs 42, 300-400 will be
|
|
|
|
untagged when they leave on this interface. Untagged packets which arrive on this
|
|
|
|
interface will be assigned VLAN ID 42.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
2014-07-01 19:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<example>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>Various tunnels</title>
|
2014-07-01 19:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnels.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
Name=ens1
|
2014-07-01 19:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
Tunnel=ipip-tun
|
|
|
|
Tunnel=sit-tun
|
|
|
|
Tunnel=gre-tun
|
|
|
|
Tunnel=vti-tun
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-ipip.netdev
|
|
|
|
[NetDev]
|
|
|
|
Name=ipip-tun
|
|
|
|
Kind=ipip
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-sit.netdev
|
|
|
|
[NetDev]
|
|
|
|
Name=sit-tun
|
|
|
|
Kind=sit
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-gre.netdev
|
|
|
|
[NetDev]
|
|
|
|
Name=gre-tun
|
|
|
|
Kind=gre
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-vti.netdev
|
|
|
|
[NetDev]
|
|
|
|
Name=vti-tun
|
|
|
|
Kind=vti
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This will bring interface <literal>ens1</literal> up and create an IPIP tunnel,
|
|
|
|
a SIT tunnel, a GRE tunnel, and a VTI tunnel using it.</para>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
2014-07-01 19:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<example>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>A bond device</title>
|
2014-07-01 19:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
Name=bond1
|
2014-07-01 19:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
DHCP=ipv6
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2014-07-01 19:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1.netdev
|
|
|
|
[NetDev]
|
|
|
|
Name=bond1
|
|
|
|
Kind=bond
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2014-07-01 19:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-19 15:54:22 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1-dev1.network
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
MACAddress=52:54:00:e9:64:41
|
2014-07-01 19:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
Bond=bond1
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2015-08-21 03:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-19 15:54:22 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1-dev2.network
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
MACAddress=52:54:00:e9:64:42
|
2015-08-21 03:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
Bond=bond1
|
2016-06-12 23:05:49 +00:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This will create a bond device <literal>bond1</literal> and enslave the two
|
|
|
|
devices with MAC addresses 52:54:00:e9:64:41 and 52:54:00:e9:64:42 to it. IPv6 DHCP
|
|
|
|
will be used to acquire an address.</para>
|
2016-06-12 23:05:49 +00:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<example>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<title>Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)</title>
|
|
|
|
<para>Add the <literal>bond1</literal> interface to the VRF master interface
|
|
|
|
<literal>vrf1</literal>. This will redirect routes generated on this interface to be
|
2017-09-26 23:54:20 +00:00
|
|
|
within the routing table defined during VRF creation. For kernels before 4.8 traffic
|
|
|
|
won't be redirected towards the VRFs routing table unless specific ip-rules are added.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-vrf.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
2016-06-12 23:05:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Name=bond1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
2016-12-02 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
VRF=vrf1
|
2015-08-21 03:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
</example>
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-23 17:09:29 +00:00
|
|
|
<example>
|
|
|
|
<title>MacVTap</title>
|
|
|
|
<para>This brings up a network interface <literal>macvtap-test</literal>
|
|
|
|
and attaches it to <literal>enp0s25</literal>.</para>
|
2017-03-21 00:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
<programlisting># /usr/lib/systemd/network/25-macvtap.network
|
2016-12-23 17:09:29 +00:00
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
Name=enp0s25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
|
|
|
MACVTAP=macvtap-test
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
</example>
|
2019-07-08 15:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<example>
|
|
|
|
<title>A Xfrm interface with physical underlying device.</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/27-xfrm.netdev
|
|
|
|
[NetDev]
|
|
|
|
Name=xfrm0
|
2021-12-30 11:49:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Kind=xfrm
|
2019-07-08 15:09:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Xfrm]
|
|
|
|
InterfaceId=7</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/27-eth0.network
|
|
|
|
[Match]
|
|
|
|
Name=eth0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Network]
|
|
|
|
Xfrm=xfrm0</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>This creates a <literal>xfrm0</literal> interface and binds it to the <literal>eth0</literal> device.
|
|
|
|
This allows hardware based ipsec offloading to the <literal>eth0</literal> nic.
|
|
|
|
If offloading is not needed, xfrm interfaces can be assigned to the <literal>lo</literal> device.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</example>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<refsect1>
|
|
|
|
<title>See Also</title>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
2016-01-05 16:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.link</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
2016-01-05 16:32:25 +00:00
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
2022-04-17 18:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-network-generator.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
2016-01-05 16:32:25 +00:00
|
|
|
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
2015-02-04 02:14:13 +00:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</refsect1>
|
2014-02-25 18:30:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</refentry>
|